WO2011129837A1 - Use of a 4-hydroxytoremifene prodrug for treatment of breast cancer - Google Patents
Use of a 4-hydroxytoremifene prodrug for treatment of breast cancer Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2011129837A1 WO2011129837A1 PCT/US2010/031447 US2010031447W WO2011129837A1 WO 2011129837 A1 WO2011129837 A1 WO 2011129837A1 US 2010031447 W US2010031447 W US 2010031447W WO 2011129837 A1 WO2011129837 A1 WO 2011129837A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- breast cancer
- mixture
- compound
- cancer
- compounds
- Prior art date
Links
- 206010006187 Breast cancer Diseases 0.000 title claims abstract description 121
- 208000026310 Breast neoplasm Diseases 0.000 title claims abstract description 121
- 229940002612 prodrug Drugs 0.000 title claims abstract description 68
- 239000000651 prodrug Substances 0.000 title claims abstract description 68
- 238000011282 treatment Methods 0.000 title claims abstract description 54
- OIUCUUXSMIJSEB-QPLCGJKRSA-N 4-[(z)-4-chloro-1-[4-[2-(dimethylamino)ethoxy]phenyl]-2-phenylbut-1-enyl]phenol Chemical compound C1=CC(OCCN(C)C)=CC=C1C(\C=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)=C(\CCCl)C1=CC=CC=C1 OIUCUUXSMIJSEB-QPLCGJKRSA-N 0.000 title claims abstract description 22
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 193
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 claims abstract description 173
- MHJBZVSGOZTKRH-IZHYLOQSSA-N 4-Hydroxy-N-desmethyltamoxifen Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C(/CC)=C(C=1C=CC(OCCNC)=CC=1)/C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 MHJBZVSGOZTKRH-IZHYLOQSSA-N 0.000 claims abstract description 44
- NKANXQFJJICGDU-QPLCGJKRSA-N Tamoxifen Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C(/CC)=C(C=1C=CC(OCCN(C)C)=CC=1)/C1=CC=CC=C1 NKANXQFJJICGDU-QPLCGJKRSA-N 0.000 claims description 89
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 claims description 61
- -1 beta-aminoketones Chemical class 0.000 claims description 60
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 claims description 59
- 229960001603 tamoxifen Drugs 0.000 claims description 43
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 claims description 37
- 229940079593 drug Drugs 0.000 claims description 28
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 18
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 claims description 16
- 241000282414 Homo sapiens Species 0.000 claims description 15
- 238000001727 in vivo Methods 0.000 claims description 11
- 125000001997 phenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 claims description 11
- 238000003556 assay Methods 0.000 claims description 10
- 125000001495 ethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 claims description 9
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 9
- 239000003937 drug carrier Substances 0.000 claims description 8
- 150000002148 esters Chemical group 0.000 claims description 8
- 229950010765 pivalate Drugs 0.000 claims description 8
- 125000001453 quaternary ammonium group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 8
- 230000004043 responsiveness Effects 0.000 claims description 8
- 230000004060 metabolic process Effects 0.000 claims description 6
- 210000002966 serum Anatomy 0.000 claims description 6
- 125000001309 chloro group Chemical group Cl* 0.000 claims description 5
- 150000002466 imines Chemical class 0.000 claims description 5
- 229910052717 sulfur Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 5
- 210000004185 liver Anatomy 0.000 claims description 4
- 229940124834 selective serotonin reuptake inhibitor Drugs 0.000 claims description 4
- 239000012896 selective serotonin reuptake inhibitor Substances 0.000 claims description 4
- 108700028369 Alleles Proteins 0.000 claims description 3
- 239000013543 active substance Substances 0.000 claims description 3
- 229940123685 Monoamine oxidase inhibitor Drugs 0.000 claims description 2
- 239000002262 Schiff base Substances 0.000 claims description 2
- 150000004753 Schiff bases Chemical class 0.000 claims description 2
- 150000001408 amides Chemical class 0.000 claims description 2
- 239000013060 biological fluid Substances 0.000 claims description 2
- 150000004657 carbamic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 claims description 2
- 150000002081 enamines Chemical class 0.000 claims description 2
- 238000001952 enzyme assay Methods 0.000 claims description 2
- 238000003205 genotyping method Methods 0.000 claims description 2
- 238000007273 lactonization reaction Methods 0.000 claims description 2
- 239000002899 monoamine oxidase inhibitor Substances 0.000 claims description 2
- PXGOKWXKJXAPGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fluorine Chemical compound FF PXGOKWXKJXAPGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 1
- 150000004649 carbonic acid derivatives Chemical group 0.000 claims 1
- 125000002915 carbonyl group Chemical class [*:2]C([*:1])=O 0.000 claims 1
- 229910052801 chlorine Inorganic materials 0.000 claims 1
- XPPKVPWEQAFLFU-UHFFFAOYSA-N diphosphoric acid Chemical group OP(O)(=O)OP(O)(O)=O XPPKVPWEQAFLFU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 1
- 150000002170 ethers Chemical group 0.000 claims 1
- 229910052731 fluorine Inorganic materials 0.000 claims 1
- 239000011737 fluorine Substances 0.000 claims 1
- 150000003014 phosphoric acid esters Chemical group 0.000 claims 1
- UNXRWKVEANCORM-UHFFFAOYSA-N triphosphoric acid Chemical group OP(O)(=O)OP(O)(=O)OP(O)(O)=O UNXRWKVEANCORM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 1
- 230000002265 prevention Effects 0.000 abstract description 16
- 238000002648 combination therapy Methods 0.000 abstract description 11
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 abstract description 6
- 238000009097 single-agent therapy Methods 0.000 abstract description 3
- XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl acetate Chemical compound CCOC(C)=O XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 114
- 206010028980 Neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 82
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 75
- YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dichloromethane Chemical compound ClCCl YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 70
- 201000011510 cancer Diseases 0.000 description 67
- 239000003960 organic solvent Substances 0.000 description 57
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 48
- 125000004432 carbon atom Chemical group C* 0.000 description 41
- UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium bicarbonate Chemical compound [Na+].OC([O-])=O UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 40
- CSNNHWWHGAXBCP-UHFFFAOYSA-L Magnesium sulfate Chemical compound [Mg+2].[O-][S+2]([O-])([O-])[O-] CSNNHWWHGAXBCP-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 38
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 37
- ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Triethylamine Chemical compound CCN(CC)CC ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 33
- 229940124597 therapeutic agent Drugs 0.000 description 30
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 29
- 230000000069 prophylactic effect Effects 0.000 description 29
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 29
- 238000002560 therapeutic procedure Methods 0.000 description 28
- 229910052943 magnesium sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 25
- ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phenol Chemical compound OC1=CC=CC=C1 ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 22
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 22
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 description 21
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 20
- 235000017557 sodium bicarbonate Nutrition 0.000 description 20
- 229910000030 sodium bicarbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 20
- DODQJNMQWMSYGS-QPLCGJKRSA-N 4-[(z)-1-[4-[2-(dimethylamino)ethoxy]phenyl]-1-phenylbut-1-en-2-yl]phenol Chemical compound C=1C=C(O)C=CC=1C(/CC)=C(C=1C=CC(OCCN(C)C)=CC=1)/C1=CC=CC=C1 DODQJNMQWMSYGS-QPLCGJKRSA-N 0.000 description 19
- 239000002274 desiccant Substances 0.000 description 19
- 239000000284 extract Substances 0.000 description 19
- 235000019341 magnesium sulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 19
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanol Chemical compound OC OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 18
- 239000008194 pharmaceutical composition Substances 0.000 description 17
- 230000001225 therapeutic effect Effects 0.000 description 17
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 description 16
- VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-Hexane Chemical class CCCCCC VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 16
- 238000010791 quenching Methods 0.000 description 16
- 230000000171 quenching effect Effects 0.000 description 16
- 239000011541 reaction mixture Substances 0.000 description 16
- SUVMJBTUFCVSAD-UHFFFAOYSA-N sulforaphane Chemical compound CS(=O)CCCCN=C=S SUVMJBTUFCVSAD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 16
- 102000015694 estrogen receptors Human genes 0.000 description 15
- 108010038795 estrogen receptors Proteins 0.000 description 15
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical compound N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 14
- RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diethyl ether Chemical compound CCOCC RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 14
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrochloric acid Chemical compound Cl VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 14
- 229910019142 PO4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 14
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 description 14
- 210000001165 lymph node Anatomy 0.000 description 14
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K phosphate Chemical compound [O-]P([O-])([O-])=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 14
- 239000010452 phosphate Substances 0.000 description 14
- 238000009472 formulation Methods 0.000 description 13
- 239000012044 organic layer Substances 0.000 description 13
- QFJCIRLUMZQUOT-HPLJOQBZSA-N sirolimus Chemical compound C1C[C@@H](O)[C@H](OC)C[C@@H]1C[C@@H](C)[C@H]1OC(=O)[C@@H]2CCCCN2C(=O)C(=O)[C@](O)(O2)[C@H](C)CC[C@H]2C[C@H](OC)/C(C)=C/C=C/C=C/[C@@H](C)C[C@@H](C)C(=O)[C@H](OC)[C@H](O)/C(C)=C/[C@@H](C)C(=O)C1 QFJCIRLUMZQUOT-HPLJOQBZSA-N 0.000 description 13
- WMBWREPUVVBILR-WIYYLYMNSA-N (-)-Epigallocatechin-3-o-gallate Chemical compound O([C@@H]1CC2=C(O)C=C(C=C2O[C@@H]1C=1C=C(O)C(O)=C(O)C=1)O)C(=O)C1=CC(O)=C(O)C(O)=C1 WMBWREPUVVBILR-WIYYLYMNSA-N 0.000 description 12
- WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetonitrile Chemical compound CC#N WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- WMBWREPUVVBILR-UHFFFAOYSA-N GCG Natural products C=1C(O)=C(O)C(O)=CC=1C1OC2=CC(O)=CC(O)=C2CC1OC(=O)C1=CC(O)=C(O)C(O)=C1 WMBWREPUVVBILR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- DTQVDTLACAAQTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Trifluoroacetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(F)(F)F DTQVDTLACAAQTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- 239000002585 base Substances 0.000 description 12
- 230000002255 enzymatic effect Effects 0.000 description 12
- 239000003276 histone deacetylase inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 12
- ZAHRKKWIAAJSAO-UHFFFAOYSA-N rapamycin Natural products COCC(O)C(=C/C(C)C(=O)CC(OC(=O)C1CCCCN1C(=O)C(=O)C2(O)OC(CC(OC)C(=CC=CC=CC(C)CC(C)C(=O)C)C)CCC2C)C(C)CC3CCC(O)C(C3)OC)C ZAHRKKWIAAJSAO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- 229960002930 sirolimus Drugs 0.000 description 12
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 12
- LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylene glycol Chemical compound OCCO LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 11
- PMZURENOXWZQFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sodium Sulfate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O PMZURENOXWZQFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 11
- KZSNJWFQEVHDMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Valine Natural products CC(C)C(N)C(O)=O KZSNJWFQEVHDMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 11
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 11
- 239000002552 dosage form Substances 0.000 description 11
- 229910052938 sodium sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 11
- 235000011152 sodium sulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 11
- 229940086542 triethylamine Drugs 0.000 description 11
- 239000004474 valine Substances 0.000 description 11
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 10
- 208000002495 Uterine Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 10
- NIJJYAXOARWZEE-UHFFFAOYSA-N di-n-propyl-acetic acid Natural products CCCC(C(O)=O)CCC NIJJYAXOARWZEE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 208000028715 ductal breast carcinoma in situ Diseases 0.000 description 10
- 238000003818 flash chromatography Methods 0.000 description 10
- 229940121372 histone deacetylase inhibitor Drugs 0.000 description 10
- 206010020718 hyperplasia Diseases 0.000 description 10
- 239000000543 intermediate Substances 0.000 description 10
- 238000013268 sustained release Methods 0.000 description 10
- 239000012730 sustained-release form Substances 0.000 description 10
- 206010046766 uterine cancer Diseases 0.000 description 10
- MSRILKIQRXUYCT-UHFFFAOYSA-M valproate semisodium Chemical compound [Na+].CCCC(C(O)=O)CCC.CCCC(C([O-])=O)CCC MSRILKIQRXUYCT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 10
- 229960000604 valproic acid Drugs 0.000 description 10
- 208000037396 Intraductal Noninfiltrating Carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 9
- 206010073094 Intraductal proliferative breast lesion Diseases 0.000 description 9
- KWYUFKZDYYNOTN-UHFFFAOYSA-M Potassium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[K+] KWYUFKZDYYNOTN-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 9
- YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Toluene Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1 YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 210000000481 breast Anatomy 0.000 description 9
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 description 9
- 201000007273 ductal carcinoma in situ Diseases 0.000 description 9
- 229940011871 estrogen Drugs 0.000 description 9
- 239000000262 estrogen Substances 0.000 description 9
- 239000003112 inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 9
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 9
- SUVMJBTUFCVSAD-JTQLQIEISA-N 4-Methylsulfinylbutyl isothiocyanate Natural products C[S@](=O)CCCCN=C=S SUVMJBTUFCVSAD-JTQLQIEISA-N 0.000 description 8
- AOJJSUZBOXZQNB-TZSSRYMLSA-N Doxorubicin Chemical compound O([C@H]1C[C@@](O)(CC=2C(O)=C3C(=O)C=4C=CC=C(C=4C(=O)C3=C(O)C=21)OC)C(=O)CO)[C@H]1C[C@H](N)[C@H](O)[C@H](C)O1 AOJJSUZBOXZQNB-TZSSRYMLSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 102000003964 Histone deacetylase Human genes 0.000 description 8
- 108090000353 Histone deacetylase Proteins 0.000 description 8
- YGYAWVDWMABLBF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosgene Chemical compound ClC(Cl)=O YGYAWVDWMABLBF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 239000004480 active ingredient Substances 0.000 description 8
- 150000001299 aldehydes Chemical class 0.000 description 8
- 238000013270 controlled release Methods 0.000 description 8
- 125000005842 heteroatom Chemical group 0.000 description 8
- XMBWDFGMSWQBCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydrogen iodide Chemical compound I XMBWDFGMSWQBCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 description 8
- 238000000746 purification Methods 0.000 description 8
- 229960005559 sulforaphane Drugs 0.000 description 8
- 235000015487 sulforaphane Nutrition 0.000 description 8
- 238000001356 surgical procedure Methods 0.000 description 8
- 230000002411 adverse Effects 0.000 description 7
- 238000001574 biopsy Methods 0.000 description 7
- 229940121647 egfr inhibitor Drugs 0.000 description 7
- 238000001794 hormone therapy Methods 0.000 description 7
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 7
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 7
- 229940124302 mTOR inhibitor Drugs 0.000 description 7
- 239000003628 mammalian target of rapamycin inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 7
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 7
- 239000005022 packaging material Substances 0.000 description 7
- 239000011734 sodium Substances 0.000 description 7
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 7
- 208000024891 symptom Diseases 0.000 description 7
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 7
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 7
- 102000004190 Enzymes Human genes 0.000 description 6
- 108090000790 Enzymes Proteins 0.000 description 6
- PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerine Chemical compound OCC(O)CO PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyridine Chemical compound C1=CC=NC=C1 JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- RTKIYFITIVXBLE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Trichostatin A Natural products ONC(=O)C=CC(C)=CC(C)C(=O)C1=CC=C(N(C)C)C=C1 RTKIYFITIVXBLE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 230000001833 anti-estrogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 6
- 239000000839 emulsion Substances 0.000 description 6
- 235000019441 ethanol Nutrition 0.000 description 6
- 125000000623 heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 230000002601 intratumoral effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000007726 management method Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000002018 overexpression Effects 0.000 description 6
- 239000000546 pharmaceutical excipient Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 6
- 238000001959 radiotherapy Methods 0.000 description 6
- 125000006413 ring segment Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 239000007858 starting material Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 6
- RTKIYFITIVXBLE-QEQCGCAPSA-N trichostatin A Chemical compound ONC(=O)/C=C/C(/C)=C/[C@@H](C)C(=O)C1=CC=C(N(C)C)C=C1 RTKIYFITIVXBLE-QEQCGCAPSA-N 0.000 description 6
- QCXNXRUTKSIZND-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-(dimethylamino)hexan-1-ol Chemical compound CN(C)CCCCCCO QCXNXRUTKSIZND-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 0 CN(*)CCOc(cc1)ccc1C(c1ccc(**C=C)cc1)=Cc1ccccc1 Chemical compound CN(*)CCOc(cc1)ccc1C(c1ccc(**C=C)cc1)=Cc1ccccc1 0.000 description 5
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N Lactose Natural products OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O[C@H]2[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)O[C@@H]2CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 230000004913 activation Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000002671 adjuvant Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000000443 aerosol Substances 0.000 description 5
- 125000003342 alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 229940046836 anti-estrogen Drugs 0.000 description 5
- 238000007385 chemical modification Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000001816 cooling Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000034994 death Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000007812 deficiency Effects 0.000 description 5
- 208000035475 disorder Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 239000000328 estrogen antagonist Substances 0.000 description 5
- 125000000524 functional group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 230000023611 glucuronidation Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000004615 ingredient Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000007919 intrasynovial administration Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000001990 intravenous administration Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000008101 lactose Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000000843 powder Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000002243 precursor Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000003756 stirring Methods 0.000 description 5
- 229940122815 Aromatase inhibitor Drugs 0.000 description 4
- CMSMOCZEIVJLDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cyclophosphamide Chemical compound ClCCN(CCCl)P1(=O)NCCCO1 CMSMOCZEIVJLDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 108010001237 Cytochrome P-450 CYP2D6 Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 102100021704 Cytochrome P450 2D6 Human genes 0.000 description 4
- ROSDSFDQCJNGOL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethylamine Chemical compound CNC ROSDSFDQCJNGOL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 102100037852 Insulin-like growth factor I Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 239000005411 L01XE02 - Gefitinib Substances 0.000 description 4
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 description 4
- 238000010521 absorption reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- 125000000304 alkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 150000001412 amines Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 239000002246 antineoplastic agent Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000003886 aromatase inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000002775 capsule Substances 0.000 description 4
- PFKFTWBEEFSNDU-UHFFFAOYSA-N carbonyldiimidazole Chemical compound C1=CN=CN1C(=O)N1C=CN=C1 PFKFTWBEEFSNDU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 238000004113 cell culture Methods 0.000 description 4
- 229960004397 cyclophosphamide Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 4
- 229960004679 doxorubicin Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 239000000706 filtrate Substances 0.000 description 4
- 125000001153 fluoro group Chemical group F* 0.000 description 4
- XGALLCVXEZPNRQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N gefitinib Chemical compound C=12C=C(OCCCN3CCOCC3)C(OC)=CC2=NC=NC=1NC1=CC=C(F)C(Cl)=C1 XGALLCVXEZPNRQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229960002584 gefitinib Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 125000001072 heteroaryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 description 4
- 238000001802 infusion Methods 0.000 description 4
- HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium stearate Chemical compound [Mg+2].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 4
- 125000004433 nitrogen atom Chemical group N* 0.000 description 4
- 210000000056 organ Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 230000001575 pathological effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 108091006082 receptor inhibitors Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 238000003860 storage Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000004083 survival effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000002195 synergetic effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000003826 tablet Substances 0.000 description 4
- NWZSZGALRFJKBT-KNIFDHDWSA-N (2s)-2,6-diaminohexanoic acid;(2s)-2-hydroxybutanedioic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](O)CC(O)=O.NCCCC[C@H](N)C(O)=O NWZSZGALRFJKBT-KNIFDHDWSA-N 0.000 description 3
- SZXBQTSZISFIAO-ZETCQYMHSA-N (2s)-3-methyl-2-[(2-methylpropan-2-yl)oxycarbonylamino]butanoic acid Chemical compound CC(C)[C@@H](C(O)=O)NC(=O)OC(C)(C)C SZXBQTSZISFIAO-ZETCQYMHSA-N 0.000 description 3
- INKNHBKFSPIMKS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-(iodomethyl)-4-nitrobenzene Chemical compound [O-][N+](=O)C1=CC=C(CI)C=C1 INKNHBKFSPIMKS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- AOJJSUZBOXZQNB-VTZDEGQISA-N 4'-epidoxorubicin Chemical compound O([C@H]1C[C@@](O)(CC=2C(O)=C3C(=O)C=4C=CC=C(C=4C(=O)C3=C(O)C=21)OC)C(=O)CO)[C@H]1C[C@H](N)[C@@H](O)[C@H](C)O1 AOJJSUZBOXZQNB-VTZDEGQISA-N 0.000 description 3
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetic acid Chemical compound CC(O)=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonia Chemical compound N QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- BFYIZQONLCFLEV-DAELLWKTSA-N Aromasine Chemical compound O=C1C=C[C@]2(C)[C@H]3CC[C@](C)(C(CC4)=O)[C@@H]4[C@@H]3CC(=C)C2=C1 BFYIZQONLCFLEV-DAELLWKTSA-N 0.000 description 3
- OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Calcium Chemical compound [Ca] OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon Chemical group [C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 101150029707 ERBB2 gene Proteins 0.000 description 3
- HTIJFSOGRVMCQR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Epirubicin Natural products COc1cccc2C(=O)c3c(O)c4CC(O)(CC(OC5CC(N)C(=O)C(C)O5)c4c(O)c3C(=O)c12)C(=O)CO HTIJFSOGRVMCQR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 241000282412 Homo Species 0.000 description 3
- 206010027476 Metastases Diseases 0.000 description 3
- HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[Na+] HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- 229920002472 Starch Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 102000013530 TOR Serine-Threonine Kinases Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108010065917 TOR Serine-Threonine Kinases Proteins 0.000 description 3
- DHKHKXVYLBGOIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetaldehyde Diethyl Acetal Natural products CCOC(C)OCC DHKHKXVYLBGOIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 150000001241 acetals Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 description 3
- 125000004390 alkyl sulfonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 229940100198 alkylating agent Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 239000002168 alkylating agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000001118 alkylidene group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000004103 aminoalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 229960002932 anastrozole Drugs 0.000 description 3
- YBBLVLTVTVSKRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N anastrozole Chemical compound N#CC(C)(C)C1=CC(C(C)(C#N)C)=CC(CN2N=CN=C2)=C1 YBBLVLTVTVSKRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000010171 animal model Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000012267 brine Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000011575 calcium Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910052791 calcium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000000969 carrier Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000002512 chemotherapy Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000012043 crude product Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000004122 cyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- YJGVMLPVUAXIQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N epipodophyllotoxin Natural products COC1=C(OC)C(OC)=CC(C2C3=CC=4OCOC=4C=C3C(O)C3C2C(OC3)=O)=C1 YJGVMLPVUAXIQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229960001904 epirubicin Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 210000002919 epithelial cell Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 229960000255 exemestane Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 230000037406 food intake Effects 0.000 description 3
- 210000001035 gastrointestinal tract Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 230000002068 genetic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000012010 growth Effects 0.000 description 3
- IKDUDTNKRLTJSI-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydrazine monohydrate Substances O.NN IKDUDTNKRLTJSI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N imidazole Natural products C1=CNC=N1 RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000009169 immunotherapy Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000002401 inhibitory effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000005764 inhibitory process Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000007918 intramuscular administration Methods 0.000 description 3
- 150000002576 ketones Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 229960003881 letrozole Drugs 0.000 description 3
- HPJKCIUCZWXJDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N letrozole Chemical compound C1=CC(C#N)=CC=C1C(N1N=CN=C1)C1=CC=C(C#N)C=C1 HPJKCIUCZWXJDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000002207 metabolite Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000000956 methoxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])O* 0.000 description 3
- 238000012544 monitoring process Methods 0.000 description 3
- PSHKMPUSSFXUIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N n,n-dimethylpyridin-2-amine Chemical compound CN(C)C1=CC=CC=N1 PSHKMPUSSFXUIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000002674 ointment Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000008177 pharmaceutical agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000000825 pharmaceutical preparation Substances 0.000 description 3
- XHXFXVLFKHQFAL-UHFFFAOYSA-N phosphoryl trichloride Chemical compound ClP(Cl)(Cl)=O XHXFXVLFKHQFAL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000002244 precipitate Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000003755 preservative agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 150000003141 primary amines Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 230000035755 proliferation Effects 0.000 description 3
- UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridine Natural products COC1=CC=CN=C1 UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000000377 silicon dioxide Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000012279 sodium borohydride Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910000033 sodium borohydride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- HPALAKNZSZLMCH-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium;chloride;hydrate Chemical compound O.[Na+].[Cl-] HPALAKNZSZLMCH-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- 239000007921 spray Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229940032147 starch Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 239000008107 starch Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000019698 starch Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 238000007920 subcutaneous administration Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000008685 targeting Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000000699 topical effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000013518 transcription Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000035897 transcription Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000009466 transformation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000003981 vehicle Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000010792 warming Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000000080 wetting agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- UAOUIVVJBYDFKD-XKCDOFEDSA-N (1R,9R,10S,11R,12R,15S,18S,21R)-10,11,21-trihydroxy-8,8-dimethyl-14-methylidene-4-(prop-2-enylamino)-20-oxa-5-thia-3-azahexacyclo[9.7.2.112,15.01,9.02,6.012,18]henicosa-2(6),3-dien-13-one Chemical compound C([C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@]23C(C1=C)=O)C[C@H]2[C@]12C(N=C(NCC=C)S4)=C4CC(C)(C)[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@]3(O)OC2 UAOUIVVJBYDFKD-XKCDOFEDSA-N 0.000 description 2
- AOSZTAHDEDLTLQ-AZKQZHLXSA-N (1S,2S,4R,8S,9S,11S,12R,13S,19S)-6-[(3-chlorophenyl)methyl]-12,19-difluoro-11-hydroxy-8-(2-hydroxyacetyl)-9,13-dimethyl-6-azapentacyclo[10.8.0.02,9.04,8.013,18]icosa-14,17-dien-16-one Chemical compound C([C@@H]1C[C@H]2[C@H]3[C@]([C@]4(C=CC(=O)C=C4[C@@H](F)C3)C)(F)[C@@H](O)C[C@@]2([C@@]1(C1)C(=O)CO)C)N1CC1=CC=CC(Cl)=C1 AOSZTAHDEDLTLQ-AZKQZHLXSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SPEUIVXLLWOEMJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,1-dimethoxyethane Chemical compound COC(C)OC SPEUIVXLLWOEMJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VPGUTAYMMOCNID-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-bromo-4-[(4-methoxyphenyl)methoxy]benzene Chemical compound C1=CC(OC)=CC=C1COC1=CC=C(Br)C=C1 VPGUTAYMMOCNID-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VBICKXHEKHSIBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-monostearoylglycerol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OCC(O)CO VBICKXHEKHSIBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VOXZDWNPVJITMN-ZBRFXRBCSA-N 17β-estradiol Chemical compound OC1=CC=C2[C@H]3CC[C@](C)([C@H](CC4)O)[C@@H]4[C@@H]3CCC2=C1 VOXZDWNPVJITMN-ZBRFXRBCSA-N 0.000 description 2
- JVSFQJZRHXAUGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,2-dimethylpropanoyl chloride Chemical compound CC(C)(C)C(Cl)=O JVSFQJZRHXAUGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- MIJDSYMOBYNHOT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(ethylamino)ethanol Chemical compound CCNCCO MIJDSYMOBYNHOT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- TVTJUIAKQFIXCE-HUKYDQBMSA-N 2-amino-9-[(2R,3S,4S,5R)-4-fluoro-3-hydroxy-5-(hydroxymethyl)oxolan-2-yl]-7-prop-2-ynyl-1H-purine-6,8-dione Chemical compound NC=1NC(C=2N(C(N(C=2N=1)[C@@H]1O[C@@H]([C@H]([C@H]1O)F)CO)=O)CC#C)=O TVTJUIAKQFIXCE-HUKYDQBMSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QBWKPGNFQQJGFY-QLFBSQMISA-N 3-[(1r)-1-[(2r,6s)-2,6-dimethylmorpholin-4-yl]ethyl]-n-[6-methyl-3-(1h-pyrazol-4-yl)imidazo[1,2-a]pyrazin-8-yl]-1,2-thiazol-5-amine Chemical compound N1([C@H](C)C2=NSC(NC=3C4=NC=C(N4C=C(C)N=3)C3=CNN=C3)=C2)C[C@H](C)O[C@H](C)C1 QBWKPGNFQQJGFY-QLFBSQMISA-N 0.000 description 2
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N Alpha-Lactose Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](CO)O[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-O Ammonium Chemical compound [NH4+] QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 2
- 102000036365 BRCA1 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108700040618 BRCA1 Genes Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000052609 BRCA2 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108700020462 BRCA2 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 101150008921 Brca2 gene Proteins 0.000 description 2
- XREBECNOUXWSSI-CYYJNZCTSA-N CC(C)(C)C(Oc(cc1)ccc1/C(/c(cc1)ccc1OCC=O)=C(\CCCl)/c1ccccc1)=O Chemical compound CC(C)(C)C(Oc(cc1)ccc1/C(/c(cc1)ccc1OCC=O)=C(\CCCl)/c1ccccc1)=O XREBECNOUXWSSI-CYYJNZCTSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CURLTUGMZLYLDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon dioxide Chemical compound O=C=O CURLTUGMZLYLDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Carbonate Chemical compound [O-]C([O-])=O BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 201000009030 Carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000009458 Carcinoma in Situ Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 206010009944 Colon cancer Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 229940126657 Compound 17 Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 108010026925 Cytochrome P-450 CYP2C19 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108010015742 Cytochrome P-450 Enzyme System Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000002004 Cytochrome P-450 Enzyme System Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 102100029363 Cytochrome P450 2C19 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 102000001301 EGF receptor Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108060006698 EGF receptor Proteins 0.000 description 2
- GHASVSINZRGABV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fluorouracil Chemical compound FC1=CNC(=O)NC1=O GHASVSINZRGABV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108010010803 Gelatin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N Glucose Natural products OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108010033040 Histones Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 101000583175 Homo sapiens Prolactin-inducible protein Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 101001012157 Homo sapiens Receptor tyrosine-protein kinase erbB-2 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000038455 IGF Type 1 Receptor Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010031794 IGF Type 1 Receptor Proteins 0.000 description 2
- DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M Ilexoside XXIX Chemical compound C[C@@H]1CC[C@@]2(CC[C@@]3(C(=CC[C@H]4[C@]3(CC[C@@H]5[C@@]4(CC[C@@H](C5(C)C)OS(=O)(=O)[O-])C)C)[C@@H]2[C@]1(C)O)C)C(=O)O[C@H]6[C@@H]([C@H]([C@@H]([C@H](O6)CO)O)O)O.[Na+] DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 206010022004 Influenza like illness Diseases 0.000 description 2
- HNDVDQJCIGZPNO-YFKPBYRVSA-N L-histidine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CN=CN1 HNDVDQJCIGZPNO-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KZSNJWFQEVHDMF-BYPYZUCNSA-N L-valine Chemical compound CC(C)[C@H](N)C(O)=O KZSNJWFQEVHDMF-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000005551 L01XE03 - Erlotinib Substances 0.000 description 2
- 208000035752 Live birth Diseases 0.000 description 2
- AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanesulfonic acid Chemical compound CS(O)(=O)=O AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- BAVYZALUXZFZLV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methylamine Chemical compound NC BAVYZALUXZFZLV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 101001096236 Mus musculus Prolactin-inducible protein homolog Proteins 0.000 description 2
- JGFZNNIVVJXRND-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Diisopropylethylamine (DIPEA) Chemical compound CCN(C(C)C)C(C)C JGFZNNIVVJXRND-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- MZRVEZGGRBJDDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Butyllithium Chemical compound [Li]CCCC MZRVEZGGRBJDDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZDZOTLJHXYCWBA-VCVYQWHSSA-N N-debenzoyl-N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-10-deacetyltaxol Chemical compound O([C@H]1[C@H]2[C@@](C([C@H](O)C3=C(C)[C@@H](OC(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](NC(=O)OC(C)(C)C)C=4C=CC=CC=4)C[C@]1(O)C3(C)C)=O)(C)[C@@H](O)C[C@H]1OC[C@]12OC(=O)C)C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 ZDZOTLJHXYCWBA-VCVYQWHSSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 206010028813 Nausea Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000035327 Oestrogen receptor positive breast cancer Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 229930012538 Paclitaxel Natural products 0.000 description 2
- 208000002193 Pain Diseases 0.000 description 2
- KDLHZDBZIXYQEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Palladium Chemical compound [Pd] KDLHZDBZIXYQEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphoric acid Chemical compound OP(O)(O)=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920000954 Polyglycolide Polymers 0.000 description 2
- ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Potassium Chemical compound [K] ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- RJKFOVLPORLFTN-LEKSSAKUSA-N Progesterone Chemical compound C1CC2=CC(=O)CC[C@]2(C)[C@@H]2[C@@H]1[C@@H]1CC[C@H](C(=O)C)[C@@]1(C)CC2 RJKFOVLPORLFTN-LEKSSAKUSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102100030350 Prolactin-inducible protein Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 102000007066 Prostate-Specific Antigen Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010072866 Prostate-Specific Antigen Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 206010037660 Pyrexia Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 102100030086 Receptor tyrosine-protein kinase erbB-2 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfuric acid Chemical compound OS(O)(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229940123237 Taxane Drugs 0.000 description 2
- LJOOWESTVASNOG-UFJKPHDISA-N [(1s,3r,4ar,7s,8s,8as)-3-hydroxy-8-[2-[(4r)-4-hydroxy-6-oxooxan-2-yl]ethyl]-7-methyl-1,2,3,4,4a,7,8,8a-octahydronaphthalen-1-yl] (2s)-2-methylbutanoate Chemical compound C([C@H]1[C@@H](C)C=C[C@H]2C[C@@H](O)C[C@@H]([C@H]12)OC(=O)[C@@H](C)CC)CC1C[C@@H](O)CC(=O)O1 LJOOWESTVASNOG-UFJKPHDISA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000010317 ablation therapy Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000002777 acetyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 2
- 230000004075 alteration Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000003277 amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 239000003708 ampul Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000427 antigen Substances 0.000 description 2
- 108091007433 antigens Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000036639 antigens Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 230000004596 appetite loss Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000003710 aryl alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical compound [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000001797 benzyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 2
- KGNDCEVUMONOKF-UGPLYTSKSA-N benzyl n-[(2r)-1-[(2s,4r)-2-[[(2s)-6-amino-1-(1,3-benzoxazol-2-yl)-1,1-dihydroxyhexan-2-yl]carbamoyl]-4-[(4-methylphenyl)methoxy]pyrrolidin-1-yl]-1-oxo-4-phenylbutan-2-yl]carbamate Chemical compound C1=CC(C)=CC=C1CO[C@H]1CN(C(=O)[C@@H](CCC=2C=CC=CC=2)NC(=O)OCC=2C=CC=CC=2)[C@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(O)(O)C=2OC3=CC=CC=C3N=2)C1 KGNDCEVUMONOKF-UGPLYTSKSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N beta-D-glucose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000004071 biological effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000090 biomarker Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000001246 bromo group Chemical group Br* 0.000 description 2
- 239000003054 catalyst Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000001913 cellulose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000010980 cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229920002678 cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000003776 cleavage reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229940126208 compound 22 Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229940125833 compound 23 Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229940125846 compound 25 Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229940125851 compound 27 Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229940127204 compound 29 Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000006071 cream Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000006378 damage Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000007547 defect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000018109 developmental process Effects 0.000 description 2
- HDFFVHSMHLDSLO-UHFFFAOYSA-M dibenzyl phosphate Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1COP(=O)([O-])OCC1=CC=CC=C1 HDFFVHSMHLDSLO-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 235000005911 diet Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 230000037213 diet Effects 0.000 description 2
- ZUOUZKKEUPVFJK-UHFFFAOYSA-N diphenyl Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1C1=CC=CC=C1 ZUOUZKKEUPVFJK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960003668 docetaxel Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000009510 drug design Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000007876 drug discovery Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000036267 drug metabolism Effects 0.000 description 2
- 206010013781 dry mouth Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 239000003995 emulsifying agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 2
- AAKJLRGGTJKAMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N erlotinib Chemical compound C=12C=C(OCCOC)C(OCCOC)=CC2=NC=NC=1NC1=CC=CC(C#C)=C1 AAKJLRGGTJKAMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960001433 erlotinib Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229960005309 estradiol Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229930182833 estradiol Natural products 0.000 description 2
- 201000007281 estrogen-receptor positive breast cancer Diseases 0.000 description 2
- QUSNBJAOOMFDIB-UHFFFAOYSA-O ethylaminium Chemical compound CC[NH3+] QUSNBJAOOMFDIB-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 2
- 239000003925 fat Substances 0.000 description 2
- 206010016256 fatigue Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 235000019197 fats Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 238000001914 filtration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229960002949 fluorouracil Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000012634 fragment Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000499 gel Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000008273 gelatin Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920000159 gelatin Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 235000019322 gelatine Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 235000011852 gelatine desserts Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229910052736 halogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 150000002367 halogens Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- HNDVDQJCIGZPNO-UHFFFAOYSA-N histidine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC1=CN=CN1 HNDVDQJCIGZPNO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229940088597 hormone Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000005556 hormone Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000004679 hydroxides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 238000003384 imaging method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000007943 implant Substances 0.000 description 2
- 201000004933 in situ carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 125000002346 iodo group Chemical group I* 0.000 description 2
- JJWLVOIRVHMVIS-UHFFFAOYSA-N isopropylamine Chemical compound CC(C)N JJWLVOIRVHMVIS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000002502 liposome Substances 0.000 description 2
- 208000019017 loss of appetite Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 235000021266 loss of appetite Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 210000004072 lung Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000008176 lyophilized powder Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000019359 magnesium stearate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 230000003211 malignant effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000012528 membrane Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000009247 menarche Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000002503 metabolic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000009401 metastasis Effects 0.000 description 2
- 208000037819 metastatic cancer Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000011575 metastatic malignant neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 150000007522 mineralic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 229910000402 monopotassium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 230000035772 mutation Effects 0.000 description 2
- VQSRKMNBWMHJKY-YTEVENLXSA-N n-[3-[(4ar,7as)-2-amino-6-(5-fluoropyrimidin-2-yl)-4,4a,5,7-tetrahydropyrrolo[3,4-d][1,3]thiazin-7a-yl]-4-fluorophenyl]-5-methoxypyrazine-2-carboxamide Chemical compound C1=NC(OC)=CN=C1C(=O)NC1=CC=C(F)C([C@@]23[C@@H](CN(C2)C=2N=CC(F)=CN=2)CSC(N)=N3)=C1 VQSRKMNBWMHJKY-YTEVENLXSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000008693 nausea Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000001613 neoplastic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000003921 oil Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000019198 oils Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 150000007524 organic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 235000005985 organic acids Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000004430 oxygen atom Chemical group O* 0.000 description 2
- 229960001592 paclitaxel Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000007911 parenteral administration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229940127557 pharmaceutical product Drugs 0.000 description 2
- CMPQUABWPXYYSH-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenyl phosphate Chemical compound OP(O)(=O)OC1=CC=CC=C1 CMPQUABWPXYYSH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 235000011007 phosphoric acid Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229950004354 phosphorylcholine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- YJGVMLPVUAXIQN-HAEOHBJNSA-N picropodophyllotoxin Chemical compound COC1=C(OC)C(OC)=CC([C@@H]2C3=CC=4OCOC=4C=C3[C@H](O)[C@@H]3[C@H]2C(OC3)=O)=C1 YJGVMLPVUAXIQN-HAEOHBJNSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920000747 poly(lactic acid) Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000011591 potassium Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052700 potassium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 230000035935 pregnancy Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000003651 pro-proliferative effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- MFDFERRIHVXMIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N procaine Chemical compound CCN(CC)CCOC(=O)C1=CC=C(N)C=C1 MFDFERRIHVXMIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960004919 procaine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000003380 propellant Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000005588 protonation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000001105 regulatory effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000002390 rotary evaporation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000007017 scission Effects 0.000 description 2
- 150000003335 secondary amines Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000000741 silica gel Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910002027 silica gel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 229910052708 sodium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 230000002269 spontaneous effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000003381 stabilizer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000003431 steroids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000001424 substituent group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000000472 sulfonyl group Chemical group *S(*)(=O)=O 0.000 description 2
- 150000003462 sulfoxides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000004434 sulfur atom Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 239000000375 suspending agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000454 talc Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052623 talc Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- RCINICONZNJXQF-MZXODVADSA-N taxol Chemical compound O([C@@H]1[C@@]2(C[C@@H](C(C)=C(C2(C)C)[C@H](C([C@]2(C)[C@@H](O)C[C@H]3OC[C@]3([C@H]21)OC(C)=O)=O)OC(=O)C)OC(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](NC(=O)C=1C=CC=CC=1)C=1C=CC=CC=1)O)C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 RCINICONZNJXQF-MZXODVADSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LMBFAGIMSUYTBN-MPZNNTNKSA-N teixobactin Chemical compound C([C@H](C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@H]1C(N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H](C[C@@H]2NC(=N)NC2)C(=O)N[C@H](C(=O)O[C@H]1C)[C@@H](C)CC)=O)NC)C1=CC=CC=C1 LMBFAGIMSUYTBN-MPZNNTNKSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XBXCNNQPRYLIDE-UHFFFAOYSA-N tert-butylcarbamic acid Chemical compound CC(C)(C)NC(O)=O XBXCNNQPRYLIDE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000003512 tertiary amines Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- FPGGTKZVZWFYPV-UHFFFAOYSA-M tetrabutylammonium fluoride Chemical compound [F-].CCCC[N+](CCCC)(CCCC)CCCC FPGGTKZVZWFYPV-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- JOXIMZWYDAKGHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N toluene-4-sulfonic acid Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(S(O)(=O)=O)C=C1 JOXIMZWYDAKGHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000006208 topical dosage form Substances 0.000 description 2
- 231100000331 toxic Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 230000002588 toxic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 231100000419 toxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 230000001988 toxicity Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000000844 transformation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000013519 translation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000011269 treatment regimen Methods 0.000 description 2
- GETQZCLCWQTVFV-UHFFFAOYSA-N trimethylamine Chemical compound CN(C)C GETQZCLCWQTVFV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 210000004881 tumor cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- AHOUBRCZNHFOSL-YOEHRIQHSA-N (+)-Casbol Chemical compound C1=CC(F)=CC=C1[C@H]1[C@H](COC=2C=C3OCOC3=CC=2)CNCC1 AHOUBRCZNHFOSL-YOEHRIQHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GLGNXYJARSMNGJ-VKTIVEEGSA-N (1s,2s,3r,4r)-3-[[5-chloro-2-[(1-ethyl-6-methoxy-2-oxo-4,5-dihydro-3h-1-benzazepin-7-yl)amino]pyrimidin-4-yl]amino]bicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2-carboxamide Chemical compound CCN1C(=O)CCCC2=C(OC)C(NC=3N=C(C(=CN=3)Cl)N[C@H]3[C@H]([C@@]4([H])C[C@@]3(C=C4)[H])C(N)=O)=CC=C21 GLGNXYJARSMNGJ-VKTIVEEGSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SZUVGFMDDVSKSI-WIFOCOSTSA-N (1s,2s,3s,5r)-1-(carboxymethyl)-3,5-bis[(4-phenoxyphenyl)methyl-propylcarbamoyl]cyclopentane-1,2-dicarboxylic acid Chemical compound O=C([C@@H]1[C@@H]([C@](CC(O)=O)([C@H](C(=O)N(CCC)CC=2C=CC(OC=3C=CC=CC=3)=CC=2)C1)C(O)=O)C(O)=O)N(CCC)CC(C=C1)=CC=C1OC1=CC=CC=C1 SZUVGFMDDVSKSI-WIFOCOSTSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IWZSHWBGHQBIML-ZGGLMWTQSA-N (3S,8S,10R,13S,14S,17S)-17-isoquinolin-7-yl-N,N,10,13-tetramethyl-2,3,4,7,8,9,11,12,14,15,16,17-dodecahydro-1H-cyclopenta[a]phenanthren-3-amine Chemical compound CN(C)[C@H]1CC[C@]2(C)C3CC[C@@]4(C)[C@@H](CC[C@@H]4c4ccc5ccncc5c4)[C@@H]3CC=C2C1 IWZSHWBGHQBIML-ZGGLMWTQSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MIOPJNTWMNEORI-GMSGAONNSA-N (S)-camphorsulfonic acid Chemical compound C1C[C@@]2(CS(O)(=O)=O)C(=O)C[C@@H]1C2(C)C MIOPJNTWMNEORI-GMSGAONNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DDMOUSALMHHKOS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2-dichloro-1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethane Chemical compound FC(F)(Cl)C(F)(F)Cl DDMOUSALMHHKOS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ONBQEOIKXPHGMB-VBSBHUPXSA-N 1-[2-[(2s,3r,4s,5r)-3,4-dihydroxy-5-(hydroxymethyl)oxolan-2-yl]oxy-4,6-dihydroxyphenyl]-3-(4-hydroxyphenyl)propan-1-one Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1OC1=CC(O)=CC(O)=C1C(=O)CCC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 ONBQEOIKXPHGMB-VBSBHUPXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IIZPXYDJLKNOIY-JXPKJXOSSA-N 1-palmitoyl-2-arachidonoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@H](COP([O-])(=O)OCC[N+](C)(C)C)OC(=O)CCC\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/CCCCC IIZPXYDJLKNOIY-JXPKJXOSSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BSZGETWFQDIDDX-OCEACIFDSA-N 2-[4-[(z)-1-(4-iodophenyl)-2-phenylbut-1-enyl]phenoxy]-n,n-dimethylethanamine Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C(/CC)=C(C=1C=CC(OCCN(C)C)=CC=1)\C1=CC=C(I)C=C1 BSZGETWFQDIDDX-OCEACIFDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YSUIQYOGTINQIN-UZFYAQMZSA-N 2-amino-9-[(1S,6R,8R,9S,10R,15R,17R,18R)-8-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)-9,18-difluoro-3,12-dihydroxy-3,12-bis(sulfanylidene)-2,4,7,11,13,16-hexaoxa-3lambda5,12lambda5-diphosphatricyclo[13.2.1.06,10]octadecan-17-yl]-1H-purin-6-one Chemical compound NC1=NC2=C(N=CN2[C@@H]2O[C@@H]3COP(S)(=O)O[C@@H]4[C@@H](COP(S)(=O)O[C@@H]2[C@@H]3F)O[C@H]([C@H]4F)N2C=NC3=C2N=CN=C3N)C(=O)N1 YSUIQYOGTINQIN-UZFYAQMZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LILXDMFJXYAKMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-bromo-1,1-diethoxyethane Chemical compound CCOC(CBr)OCC LILXDMFJXYAKMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BMYNFMYTOJXKLE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-azaniumyl-2-hydroxypropanoate Chemical compound NCC(O)C(O)=O BMYNFMYTOJXKLE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000000872 ATM Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 235000019489 Almond oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 201000004384 Alopecia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 101100243447 Arabidopsis thaliana PER53 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010004586 Ataxia Telangiectasia Mutated Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108700020463 BRCA1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101150072950 BRCA1 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108700010154 BRCA2 Genes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229940122361 Bisphosphonate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 206010055113 Breast cancer metastatic Diseases 0.000 description 1
- CZDNVMQLLLBKBM-BYYHNAKLSA-N CC(C)(C)C(O)Oc(cc1)ccc1/C(/c(cc1)ccc1OCCNC)=C(\CCCl)/c1ccccc1 Chemical compound CC(C)(C)C(O)Oc(cc1)ccc1/C(/c(cc1)ccc1OCCNC)=C(\CCCl)/c1ccccc1 CZDNVMQLLLBKBM-BYYHNAKLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IHSIPUDIWLQNLD-ORIPQNMZSA-N CC(C)(C)C(Oc(cc1)ccc1/C(/c(cc1)ccc1OCC(OC)OC)=C(\CCCl)/c1ccccc1)=O Chemical compound CC(C)(C)C(Oc(cc1)ccc1/C(/c(cc1)ccc1OCC(OC)OC)=C(\CCCl)/c1ccccc1)=O IHSIPUDIWLQNLD-ORIPQNMZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QKWCTPTUWXTFRE-ZQHSETAFSA-N CC(C)(C)C(Oc(cc1)ccc1/C(/c(cc1)ccc1OCCN(C)C)=C(\CCCl)/c1ccccc1)=O Chemical compound CC(C)(C)C(Oc(cc1)ccc1/C(/c(cc1)ccc1OCCN(C)C)=C(\CCCl)/c1ccccc1)=O QKWCTPTUWXTFRE-ZQHSETAFSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CQGOAWLXVXYINY-LCUIJRPUSA-N COC(COc(cc1)ccc1/C(/c(cc1)ccc1O)=C(/CCCl)\C1=CC=CCC1)OC Chemical compound COC(COc(cc1)ccc1/C(/c(cc1)ccc1O)=C(/CCCl)\C1=CC=CCC1)OC CQGOAWLXVXYINY-LCUIJRPUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KXDHJXZQYSOELW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Carbamate Chemical compound NC([O-])=O KXDHJXZQYSOELW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 102100025064 Cellular tumor antigen p53 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 229910004664 Cerium(III) chloride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 208000031404 Chromosome Aberrations Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000035473 Communicable disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010010774 Constipation Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229920002261 Corn starch Polymers 0.000 description 1
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N D-Mannitol Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000005156 Dehydration Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 101710088194 Dehydrogenase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010012735 Diarrhoea Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000004338 Dichlorodifluoromethane Substances 0.000 description 1
- MWWSFMDVAYGXBV-RUELKSSGSA-N Doxorubicin hydrochloride Chemical compound Cl.O([C@H]1C[C@@](O)(CC=2C(O)=C3C(=O)C=4C=CC=C(C=4C(=O)C3=C(O)C=21)OC)C(=O)CO)[C@H]1C[C@H](N)[C@H](O)[C@H](C)O1 MWWSFMDVAYGXBV-RUELKSSGSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000006402 Ductal Carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000000059 Dyspnea Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010013975 Dyspnoeas Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000002965 ELISA Methods 0.000 description 1
- 241000792859 Enema Species 0.000 description 1
- 102000007594 Estrogen Receptor alpha Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010007005 Estrogen Receptor alpha Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000000509 Estrogen Receptor beta Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010041356 Estrogen Receptor beta Proteins 0.000 description 1
- HKVAMNSJSFKALM-GKUWKFKPSA-N Everolimus Chemical compound C1C[C@@H](OCCO)[C@H](OC)C[C@@H]1C[C@@H](C)[C@H]1OC(=O)[C@@H]2CCCCN2C(=O)C(=O)[C@](O)(O2)[C@H](C)CC[C@H]2C[C@H](OC)/C(C)=C/C=C/C=C/[C@@H](C)C[C@@H](C)C(=O)[C@H](OC)[C@H](O)/C(C)=C/[C@@H](C)C(=O)C1 HKVAMNSJSFKALM-GKUWKFKPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000010201 Exanthema Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102100024785 Fibroblast growth factor 2 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000379 Fibroblast growth factor 2 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- VWUXBMIQPBEWFH-WCCTWKNTSA-N Fulvestrant Chemical compound OC1=CC=C2[C@H]3CC[C@](C)([C@H](CC4)O)[C@@H]4[C@@H]3[C@H](CCCCCCCCCS(=O)CCCC(F)(F)C(F)(F)F)CC2=C1 VWUXBMIQPBEWFH-WCCTWKNTSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010059024 Gastrointestinal toxicity Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000016354 Glucuronosyltransferase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010092364 Glucuronosyltransferase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010019233 Headaches Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 101001072488 Homo sapiens Golgi reassembly-stacking protein 1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101001041145 Homo sapiens Homeobox protein Hox-B13 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010020751 Hypersensitivity Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229930194542 Keto Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 240000007472 Leucaena leucocephala Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000010643 Leucaena leucocephala Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- NNJVILVZKWQKPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lidocaine Chemical compound CCN(CC)CC(=O)NC1=C(C)C=CC=C1C NNJVILVZKWQKPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000000265 Lobular Carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010073099 Lobular breast carcinoma in situ Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 235000019759 Maize starch Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229930195725 Mannitol Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 101001000691 Medicago sativa Pectinesterase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000007054 Medullary Carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- BZLVMXJERCGZMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methyl tert-butyl ether Chemical compound COC(C)(C)C BZLVMXJERCGZMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920000168 Microcrystalline cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004909 Moisturizer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 206010028116 Mucosal inflammation Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000010927 Mucositis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 101000907437 Mycoplasma hyopneumoniae (strain 232) Chaperone protein DnaK Proteins 0.000 description 1
- HSHXDCVZWHOWCS-UHFFFAOYSA-N N'-hexadecylthiophene-2-carbohydrazide Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCNNC(=O)c1cccs1 HSHXDCVZWHOWCS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GXCLVBGFBYZDAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-[2-(1H-indol-3-yl)ethyl]-N-methylprop-2-en-1-amine Chemical compound CN(CCC1=CNC2=C1C=CC=C2)CC=C GXCLVBGFBYZDAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102100022365 NAD(P)H dehydrogenase [quinone] 1 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090001145 Nuclear Receptor Coactivator 3 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100022883 Nuclear receptor coactivator 3 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 240000007594 Oryza sativa Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000007164 Oryza sativa Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 101100272976 Panax ginseng CYP716A53v2 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 235000019483 Peanut oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920001054 Poly(ethylene‐co‐vinyl acetate) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002732 Polyanhydride Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001710 Polyorthoester Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 208000006994 Precancerous Conditions Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010038111 Recurrent cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000001647 Renal Insufficiency Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000013738 Sleep Initiation and Maintenance disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- DBMJMQXJHONAFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium laurylsulphate Chemical compound [Na+].CCCCCCCCCCCCOS([O-])(=O)=O DBMJMQXJHONAFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 239000004141 Sodium laurylsulphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002125 Sokalan® Polymers 0.000 description 1
- CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N Sucrose Chemical compound O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@]1(CO)O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930006000 Sucrose Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 206010042674 Swelling Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102100036417 Synaptotagmin-1 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101150080074 TP53 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tartaric Acid Chemical class [H+].[H+].[O-]C(=O)C(O)C(O)C([O-])=O FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CBPNZQVSJQDFBE-FUXHJELOSA-N Temsirolimus Chemical compound C1C[C@@H](OC(=O)C(C)(CO)CO)[C@H](OC)C[C@@H]1C[C@@H](C)[C@H]1OC(=O)[C@@H]2CCCCN2C(=O)C(=O)[C@](O)(O2)[C@H](C)CC[C@H]2C[C@H](OC)/C(C)=C/C=C/C=C/[C@@H](C)C[C@@H](C)C(=O)[C@H](OC)[C@H](O)/C(C)=C/[C@@H](C)C(=O)C1 CBPNZQVSJQDFBE-FUXHJELOSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 244000269722 Thea sinensis Species 0.000 description 1
- 102000004887 Transforming Growth Factor beta Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090001012 Transforming Growth Factor beta Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000008817 Trefoil Factor-1 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010088412 Trefoil Factor-1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010047700 Vomiting Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010049040 Weight fluctuation Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000005946 Xerostomia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000003187 abdominal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003213 activating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001467 acupuncture Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000654 additive Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000996 additive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000009956 adenocarcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000009098 adjuvant therapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- TXUZVZSFRXZGTL-QPLCGJKRSA-N afimoxifene Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C(/CC)=C(C=1C=CC(OCCN(C)C)=CC=1)/C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 TXUZVZSFRXZGTL-QPLCGJKRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000001336 alkenes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000003545 alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004414 alkyl thio group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000008168 almond oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 231100000360 alopecia Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- VREFGVBLTWBCJP-UHFFFAOYSA-N alprazolam Chemical compound C12=CC(Cl)=CC=C2N2C(C)=NN=C2CN=C1C1=CC=CC=C1 VREFGVBLTWBCJP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910000147 aluminium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000003321 amplification Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000007502 anemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000033115 angiogenesis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000000129 anionic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000001450 anions Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 208000022531 anorexia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000002942 anti-growth Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000006907 apoptotic process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012062 aqueous buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008135 aqueous vehicle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000004104 aryloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 206010003549 asthenia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000012752 auxiliary agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000000852 azido group Chemical group *N=[N+]=[N-] 0.000 description 1
- 108010066657 azoreductase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000009286 beneficial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000000499 benzofuranyl group Chemical group O1C(=CC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- IOJUPLGTWVMSFF-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzothiazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2SC=NC2=C1 IOJUPLGTWVMSFF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HSDAJNMJOMSNEV-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzyl chloroformate Chemical compound ClC(=O)OCC1=CC=CC=C1 HSDAJNMJOMSNEV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000011230 binding agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010256 biochemical assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001815 biotherapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000010290 biphenyl Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000004305 biphenyl Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000004663 bisphosphonates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000009534 blood test Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000037396 body weight Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010322 bone marrow transplantation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 201000003714 breast lobular carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000337 buffer salt Substances 0.000 description 1
- FUFJGUQYACFECW-UHFFFAOYSA-L calcium hydrogenphosphate Chemical compound [Ca+2].OP([O-])([O-])=O FUFJGUQYACFECW-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000001569 carbon dioxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910002092 carbon dioxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229960004424 carbon dioxide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000005518 carboxamido group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 231100000504 carcinogenesis Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000015556 catabolic process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000002091 cationic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000001768 cations Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000004663 cell proliferation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000030570 cellular localization Effects 0.000 description 1
- VYLVYHXQOHJDJL-UHFFFAOYSA-K cerium trichloride Chemical compound Cl[Ce](Cl)Cl VYLVYHXQOHJDJL-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 238000012512 characterization method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012829 chemotherapy agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940044683 chemotherapy drug Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000004587 chromatography analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003081 coactivator Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940110456 cocoa butter Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019868 cocoa butter Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 208000029742 colonic neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000003086 colorant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004040 coloring Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940126543 compound 14 Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940125758 compound 15 Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940126142 compound 16 Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940125810 compound 20 Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000013329 compounding Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000002591 computed tomography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000008504 concentrate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000012141 concentrate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000599 controlled substance Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000007796 conventional method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000000332 coumarinyl group Chemical group O1C(=O)C(=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004093 cyano group Chemical group *C#N 0.000 description 1
- WZHCOOQXZCIUNC-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclandelate Chemical compound C1C(C)(C)CC(C)CC1OC(=O)C(O)C1=CC=CC=C1 WZHCOOQXZCIUNC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000000805 cytoplasm Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000000172 cytosol Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229940127089 cytotoxic agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000011393 cytotoxic chemotherapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 206010061428 decreased appetite Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000002950 deficient Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000018044 dehydration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006297 dehydration reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003405 delayed action preparation Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003111 delayed effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000008121 dextrose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000003745 diagnosis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000019700 dicalcium phosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- PXBRQCKWGAHEHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N dichlorodifluoromethane Chemical compound FC(F)(Cl)Cl PXBRQCKWGAHEHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000019404 dichlorodifluoromethane Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940042935 dichlorodifluoromethane Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940087091 dichlorotetrafluoroethane Drugs 0.000 description 1
- POCFBDFTJMJWLG-UHFFFAOYSA-N dihydrosinapic acid methyl ester Natural products COC(=O)CCC1=CC(OC)=C(O)C(OC)=C1 POCFBDFTJMJWLG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003085 diluting agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002147 dimethylamino group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])N(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 239000007884 disintegrant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002270 dispersing agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002224 dissection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000002173 dizziness Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229960002918 doxorubicin hydrochloride Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000890 drug combination Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000012377 drug delivery Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000013583 drug formulation Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940126534 drug product Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000008030 elimination Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003379 elimination reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007920 enema Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940079360 enema for constipation Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 102000052116 epidermal growth factor receptor activity proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108700015053 epidermal growth factor receptor activity proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000001076 estrogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- BEFDCLMNVWHSGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethenylcyclopentane Chemical compound C=CC1CCCC1 BEFDCLMNVWHSGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ARGONJSKURDACI-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl carbamate;phosphoric acid Chemical compound OP(O)(O)=O.CCOC(N)=O ARGONJSKURDACI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NNZMYQYVMSXRSR-CYYJNZCTSA-N ethyl n-[2-[4-[(e)-1-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-2-phenylbut-1-enyl]phenoxy]ethyl]-n-methylcarbamate Chemical compound C1=CC(OCCN(C)C(=O)OCC)=CC=C1C(\C=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)=C(/CC)C1=CC=CC=C1 NNZMYQYVMSXRSR-CYYJNZCTSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NNZMYQYVMSXRSR-RQZHXJHFSA-N ethyl n-[2-[4-[(z)-1-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-2-phenylbut-1-enyl]phenoxy]ethyl]-n-methylcarbamate Chemical compound C1=CC(OCCN(C)C(=O)OCC)=CC=C1C(\C=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)=C(\CC)C1=CC=CC=C1 NNZMYQYVMSXRSR-RQZHXJHFSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960005167 everolimus Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 201000005884 exanthem Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000035558 fertility Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000835 fiber Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000945 filler Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010579 first pass effect Methods 0.000 description 1
- 206010016766 flatulence Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000000796 flavoring agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000013312 flour Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000012530 fluid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000003599 food sweetener Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960002258 fulvestrant Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000002541 furyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000007789 gas Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002496 gastric effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000414 gastrointestinal toxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 239000007897 gelcap Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000014509 gene expression Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000011521 glass Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008103 glucose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000005456 glyceride group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- YQEMORVAKMFKLG-UHFFFAOYSA-N glycerine monostearate Natural products CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC(CO)CO YQEMORVAKMFKLG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SVUQHVRAGMNPLW-UHFFFAOYSA-N glycerol monostearate Natural products CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OCC(O)CO SVUQHVRAGMNPLW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000009569 green tea Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- JAXFJECJQZDFJS-XHEPKHHKSA-N gtpl8555 Chemical compound OC(=O)C[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N1CCC[C@@H]1C(=O)N[C@H](B1O[C@@]2(C)[C@H]3C[C@H](C3(C)C)C[C@H]2O1)CCC1=CC=C(F)C=C1 JAXFJECJQZDFJS-XHEPKHHKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 231100000869 headache Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 229940022353 herceptin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000004128 high performance liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007825 histological assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012456 homogeneous solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003906 humectant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000009396 hybridization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940071870 hydroiodic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000007062 hydrolysis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006460 hydrolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002209 hydrophobic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- WGCNASOHLSPBMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydroxyacetaldehyde Natural products OCC=O WGCNASOHLSPBMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000001866 hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010979 hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920003088 hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 125000002883 imidazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000002055 immunohistochemical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002513 implantation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000006872 improvement Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012535 impurity Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000005414 inactive ingredient Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000001041 indolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 208000015181 infectious disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000036512 infertility Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000000509 infertility Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 231100000535 infertility Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000002757 inflammatory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000007529 inorganic bases Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 206010022437 insomnia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000010255 intramuscular injection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007927 intramuscular injection Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000009545 invasion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000024312 invasive carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010073096 invasive lobular breast carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000003456 ion exchange resin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920003303 ion-exchange polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000006317 isomerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000001449 isopropyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000000654 isopropylidene group Chemical group C(C)(C)=* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000468 ketone group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 210000003734 kidney Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 201000006370 kidney failure Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000010410 layer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012633 leachable Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000787 lecithin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010445 lecithin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940067606 lecithin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 231100000518 lethal Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000001665 lethal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 201000002364 leukopenia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 231100001022 leukopenia Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 229960004194 lidocaine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000865 liniment Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000002632 lipids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000003589 local anesthetic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000006210 lotion Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000314 lubricant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000004698 lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- ZLNQQNXFFQJAID-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium carbonate Chemical compound [Mg+2].[O-]C([O-])=O ZLNQQNXFFQJAID-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 239000001095 magnesium carbonate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910000021 magnesium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000014759 maintenance of location Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000594 mannitol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010355 mannitol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000003550 marker Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001404 mediated effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000023356 medullary thyroid gland carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000009245 menopause Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000004914 menses Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 108020004999 messenger RNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229940098779 methanesulfonic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000010270 methyl p-hydroxybenzoate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000002493 microarray Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940016286 microcrystalline cellulose Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019813 microcrystalline cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000008108 microcrystalline cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003278 mimic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002480 mineral oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010446 mineral oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000003595 mist Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001333 moisturizer Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000004573 morpholin-4-yl group Chemical group N1(CCOCC1)* 0.000 description 1
- 201000010879 mucinous adenocarcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000003205 muscle Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- YOHYSYJDKVYCJI-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-[3-[[6-[3-(trifluoromethyl)anilino]pyrimidin-4-yl]amino]phenyl]cyclopropanecarboxamide Chemical compound FC(F)(F)C1=CC=CC(NC=2N=CN=C(NC=3C=C(NC(=O)C4CC4)C=CC=3)C=2)=C1 YOHYSYJDKVYCJI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001624 naphthyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 210000005036 nerve Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000007935 neutral effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000004235 neutropenia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 125000000449 nitro group Chemical group [O-][N+](*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 239000002687 nonaqueous vehicle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 231100000252 nontoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000003000 nontoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000956 nontoxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 238000003199 nucleic acid amplification method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 102000039446 nucleic acids Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108020004707 nucleic acids Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 150000007523 nucleic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 210000004940 nucleus Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000011275 oncology therapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940041672 oral gel Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000003463 organelle Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 150000007530 organic bases Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000003204 osmotic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012261 overproduction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000002971 oxazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000003647 oxidation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007254 oxidation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000006179 pH buffering agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003182 parenteral nutrition solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960002296 paroxetine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000036961 partial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000006072 paste Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000037361 pathway Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000312 peanut oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000005259 peripheral blood Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000011886 peripheral blood Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003208 petroleum Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940124531 pharmaceutical excipient Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000005561 phenanthryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000002989 phenols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000000951 phenoxy group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(O*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000002467 phosphate group Chemical group [H]OP(=O)(O[H])O[*] 0.000 description 1
- 150000003016 phosphoric acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000006187 pill Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000003386 piperidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005547 pivalate group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229960001237 podophyllotoxin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- YJGVMLPVUAXIQN-XVVDYKMHSA-N podophyllotoxin Chemical compound COC1=C(OC)C(OC)=CC([C@@H]2C3=CC=4OCOC=4C=C3[C@H](O)[C@@H]3[C@@H]2C(OC3)=O)=C1 YJGVMLPVUAXIQN-XVVDYKMHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YVCVYCSAAZQOJI-UHFFFAOYSA-N podophyllotoxin Natural products COC1=C(O)C(OC)=CC(C2C3=CC=4OCOC=4C=C3C(O)C3C2C(OC3)=O)=C1 YVCVYCSAAZQOJI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920000191 poly(N-vinyl pyrrolidone) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001200 poly(ethylene-vinyl acetate) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920003229 poly(methyl methacrylate) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002401 polyacrylamide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002338 polyhydroxyethylmethacrylate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004926 polymethyl methacrylate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000008442 polyphenolic compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000013824 polyphenols Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920002451 polyvinyl alcohol Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000036 polyvinylpyrrolidone Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000001267 polyvinylpyrrolidone Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000013855 polyvinylpyrrolidone Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000001323 posttranslational effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920001592 potato starch Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000002335 preservative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000002924 primary amino group Chemical group [H]N([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 239000000186 progesterone Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960003387 progesterone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000001436 propyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 235000010232 propyl p-hydroxybenzoate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- QQONPFPTGQHPMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N propylene Natural products CC=C QQONPFPTGQHPMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004805 propylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([*:1])C([H])([H])[*:2] 0.000 description 1
- OSFBJERFMQCEQY-UHFFFAOYSA-N propylidene Chemical group [CH]CC OSFBJERFMQCEQY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QELSKZZBTMNZEB-UHFFFAOYSA-N propylparaben Chemical class CCCOC(=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 QELSKZZBTMNZEB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000006239 protecting group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229940121649 protein inhibitor Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000012268 protein inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000003373 pyrazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- ZDYVRSLAEXCVBX-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridinium p-toluenesulfonate Chemical compound C1=CC=[NH+]C=C1.CC1=CC=C(S([O-])(=O)=O)C=C1 ZDYVRSLAEXCVBX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004076 pyridyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000714 pyrimidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000719 pyrrolidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000168 pyrrolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002943 quinolinyl group Chemical group N1=C(C=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 206010037844 rash Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000005962 receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108020003175 receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000002278 reconstructive surgery Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010992 reflux Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003362 replicative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000717 retained effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003757 reverse transcription PCR Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012552 review Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000009566 rice Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000012502 risk assessment Methods 0.000 description 1
- CVHZOJJKTDOEJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N saccharin Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(=O)NS(=O)(=O)C2=C1 CVHZOJJKTDOEJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920006395 saturated elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000009738 saturating Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000005005 sentinel lymph node Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000008159 sesame oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011803 sesame oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000002453 shampoo Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000011125 single therapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000020183 skimmed milk Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000037384 skin absorption Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000274 skin absorption Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 235000019333 sodium laurylsulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- RYYKJJJTJZKILX-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium octadecanoate Chemical compound [Na+].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O RYYKJJJTJZKILX-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229940079832 sodium starch glycolate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000008109 sodium starch glycolate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920003109 sodium starch glycolate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004334 sorbic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010199 sorbic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940075582 sorbic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000600 sorbitol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010356 sorbitol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000001179 sorption measurement Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003549 soybean oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000012424 soybean oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000000087 stabilizing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000009168 stem cell therapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000009580 stem-cell therapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000008227 sterile water for injection Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000001562 sternum Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000003270 steroid hormone Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000002784 stomach Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000005720 sucrose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000829 suppository Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002511 suppository base Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002459 sustained effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003765 sweetening agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000008961 swelling Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000006188 syrup Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000020357 syrup Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000009885 systemic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000002906 tartaric acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960000235 temsirolimus Drugs 0.000 description 1
- QFJCIRLUMZQUOT-UHFFFAOYSA-N temsirolimus Natural products C1CC(O)C(OC)CC1CC(C)C1OC(=O)C2CCCCN2C(=O)C(=O)C(O)(O2)C(C)CCC2CC(OC)C(C)=CC=CC=CC(C)CC(C)C(=O)C(OC)C(O)C(C)=CC(C)C(=O)C1 QFJCIRLUMZQUOT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BCNZYOJHNLTNEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N tert-butyldimethylsilyl chloride Chemical compound CC(C)(C)[Si](C)(C)Cl BCNZYOJHNLTNEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001981 tert-butyldimethylsilyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])[Si]([H])(C([H])([H])[H])[*]C(C([H])([H])[H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000003718 tetrahydrofuranyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001412 tetrahydropyranyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- ZRKFYGHZFMAOKI-QMGMOQQFSA-N tgfbeta Chemical compound C([C@H](NC(=O)[C@H](C(C)C)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCCNC(N)=N)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H]([C@@H](C)O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H]([C@@H](C)O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCSC)C(C)C)[C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(O)=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 ZRKFYGHZFMAOKI-QMGMOQQFSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 231100001274 therapeutic index Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000004797 therapeutic response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000000335 thiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001544 thienyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000003568 thioethers Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 210000000779 thoracic wall Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000000606 toothpaste Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940034610 toothpaste Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000011200 topical administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002103 transcriptional effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001052 transient effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960000575 trastuzumab Drugs 0.000 description 1
- CYRMSUTZVYGINF-UHFFFAOYSA-N trichlorofluoromethane Chemical compound FC(Cl)(Cl)Cl CYRMSUTZVYGINF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940029284 trichlorofluoromethane Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 201000007423 tubular adenocarcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000004291 uterus Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 235000015112 vegetable and seed oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000008158 vegetable oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000013311 vegetables Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000008673 vomiting Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000009736 wetting Methods 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C217/00—Compounds containing amino and etherified hydroxy groups bound to the same carbon skeleton
- C07C217/02—Compounds containing amino and etherified hydroxy groups bound to the same carbon skeleton having etherified hydroxy groups and amino groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of the same carbon skeleton
- C07C217/04—Compounds containing amino and etherified hydroxy groups bound to the same carbon skeleton having etherified hydroxy groups and amino groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of the same carbon skeleton the carbon skeleton being acyclic and saturated
- C07C217/06—Compounds containing amino and etherified hydroxy groups bound to the same carbon skeleton having etherified hydroxy groups and amino groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of the same carbon skeleton the carbon skeleton being acyclic and saturated having only one etherified hydroxy group and one amino group bound to the carbon skeleton, which is not further substituted
- C07C217/14—Compounds containing amino and etherified hydroxy groups bound to the same carbon skeleton having etherified hydroxy groups and amino groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of the same carbon skeleton the carbon skeleton being acyclic and saturated having only one etherified hydroxy group and one amino group bound to the carbon skeleton, which is not further substituted the oxygen atom of the etherified hydroxy group being further bound to a carbon atom of a six-membered aromatic ring
- C07C217/18—Compounds containing amino and etherified hydroxy groups bound to the same carbon skeleton having etherified hydroxy groups and amino groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of the same carbon skeleton the carbon skeleton being acyclic and saturated having only one etherified hydroxy group and one amino group bound to the carbon skeleton, which is not further substituted the oxygen atom of the etherified hydroxy group being further bound to a carbon atom of a six-membered aromatic ring the six-membered aromatic ring or condensed ring system containing that ring being further substituted
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07F—ACYCLIC, CARBOCYCLIC OR HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS CONTAINING ELEMENTS OTHER THAN CARBON, HYDROGEN, HALOGEN, OXYGEN, NITROGEN, SULFUR, SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM
- C07F9/00—Compounds containing elements of Groups 5 or 15 of the Periodic Table
- C07F9/02—Phosphorus compounds
- C07F9/06—Phosphorus compounds without P—C bonds
- C07F9/08—Esters of oxyacids of phosphorus
- C07F9/09—Esters of phosphoric acids
- C07F9/12—Esters of phosphoric acids with hydroxyaryl compounds
Definitions
- the present invention is directed to compounds, compositions thereof, and the use of the compounds and compositions for the treatment and prevention of breast cancer.
- the present invention relates to the use of a prodrug of 4-hydroxytoremifene or a related compound for the treatment of breast cancer in mono-therapy or in combination therapy, or for a reduction in the recurrence rate of previously-treated breast cancer.
- intermediates are presented for the synthesis of compounds and compositions for the treatment and prevention of breast cancer.
- Estrogen Receptor (ER)-positive breast cancer is treated with agents designed to block the pro-proliferative action of the estrogen receptor.
- One such agent is the antiestrogen tamoxifen.
- Other agents have been reported, including endoxifen, 4-hydroxytoremifene, and 4-iodotamoxifen. See for example, U.S. Patent 4,839,155, herein incorporated by reference.
- Tamoxifen itself binds very poorly to the ER. However, when activated by metabolic action, tamoxifen gives rise to derivatives that bind very tightly to the ER and put it in an inactive state that prevents it from modulating transcription of pro-proliferative genes.
- the tamoxifen is activated to inhibit ER action by metabolizing enzymes that convert the tamoxifen to 4-hydroxy tamoxifen (4-OHT) or to 4-hydroxy N-desmethyl tamoxifen (also known as endoxifen). These later compounds bind with high affinity to the ER, with binding constants roughly equal to that of estradiol. See Jordan, V.C., "New insights into the metabolism of tamoxifen and its role in the treatment and prevention of breast cancer," Steroids, vol. 72, issue 13, pp. 829-842, November 2007.
- SSRIs selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors
- PAXIL® selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors
- the present invention is directed to a prodrug of 4-hydroxytoremifene or related compounds with improved clinical outcome.
- Compounds according to the invention may result in improved outcomes for patients non-responsive to tamoxifen therapy due to the cytochrome p450 enzyme Cyp2D6.
- Compounds according to the invention may have improved bioavailability in that they are no longer substrates for UGTs in the gut, or may be more readily absorbed than tamoxifen or endoxifen.
- Prodrugs according to the invention may include, for example, 4-hydroxytoremifene phosphate in which the hydroxyl moiety is modified to a phosphate, where the phosphate may lead to more efficient absorption when it is converted to active metabolite at high concentration at the apical cell surface.
- the present invention is directed to compounds, compositions thereof, and the use of the compounds and compositions for the treatment and prevention of breast cancer.
- Compounds according to the invention may be considered prodrugs of endoxifen or 4-hydroxytoremifene and related compounds.
- the compounds may be used for the treatment of breast cancer, or for a reduction in the recurrence rate or severity of previously-treated breast cancer.
- intermediate compounds according to the invention are used for the synthesis of an anti-cancer agent.
- the compounds according to the invention are compounds of the following formula I:
- Ri may be H, lower alkyl, cyclic alkyl (by replacing the methyl group on the nitrogen or by creating a quaternary ammonium), or a prodrug moiety
- R 2 may be H or a prodrug moiety, with the understanding that at least one of Ri and R 2 is a prodrug moiety.
- Known compounds 4-hydroxy-tamoxifen and endoxifen are not encompassed within compounds according to the invention. While the compound of Formula I is drawn with a specific orientation around the double bond, both E and Z configurations around the double bond are encompassed by the invention, for example, as represented b Formula la:
- the compounds according to the invention are compounds of the following formula:
- Ri may be H or CH 3 .
- the wavy bond indicates unspecified stereochemistry for the ethyl and phenyl substituents, such that the structure has either an E or Z configuration around the double bond.
- Such compounds may be referred to as O-Pro-Endoxifens, when Ri is H.
- the compound according to the invention has the following formula:
- the compounds according to the invention are compounds of the following formula:
- the compound according to the invention has the following formula:
- the compounds according to the invention are compounds of the following formula:
- R 2 is an H
- the wavy bond indicates unspecified stereochemistry for the ethyl and phenyl substituents, such that the structure has either an E or Z configuration around the double bond.
- Such compounds may be referred to as N-Pro-Endoxifens.
- the compounds according to the invention are compounds of the following formula:
- the compounds according to the invention are compounds of the following formula:
- Such compounds may be referred to as N,0-di-Pro-Endoxifens.
- the compounds according to the invention are compounds of the following formula:
- the compounds according to the invention are compounds of the following formula II:
- Ri may be H, lower alkyl, cyclic alkyl (by replacing the methyl group on the nitrogen or by creating a quaternary ammonium), or a prodrug moiety
- R 2 may be H or a prodrug moiety, with the understanding that at least one of Ri and R 2 is a prodrug moiety. While the compound of Formula II is drawn with a specific orientation around the double bond, both E and Z configurations around the double bond are encompassed by the invention for example, as represented by Formula Ila:
- the compound according to the invention is a compound of the following formula:
- the compounds according to the invention are compounds of the following formula III:
- Ri may be H, lower alkyl, cyclic alkyl (by replacing the methyl group on the nitrogen or by creating a quaternary ammonium), or a prodrug moiety, and where Z is selected from fluoro or chloro, and the wavy line indicates that the configuration around the double bond may be either E or Z.
- the compounds according to the invention are compounds of the following formula:
- Ri is H.
- the compounds according to the invention are compounds of the following formula:
- Ri is H.
- compounds according to the above formulas are capable of being metabolized in vivo to endoxifen or 4-hydroxytoremifene in one or more steps.
- Those compounds which are metabolized in vivo to endoxifen or 4- hydroxytoremifene may be referred to as prodrugs.
- the compounds may be metabolized through a pathway that does not involve liver enzymes, or does not specifically involve Cyp2D6, such as hydrolysis in the stomach.
- the compounds are resistant to glucuronidation at either the O- or N-position.
- the compounds according to the invention may have improved bioavailability by virtue of improved oral adsorption compared to endoxifen or 4- hydroxytoremifene or related compounds.
- the compounds according to the invention may be more resistant to metabolic breakdown compared to endoxifen.
- the invention encompasses methods of making compounds according to the above formulas.
- the invention includes compositions comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and a compound according to the above formula. Such compositions may be pharmaceutical formulations themselves, or may be formulated with additional ingredients at a later time prior to administration to yield the actual pharmaceutical formulation.
- compositions comprising mixtures of E/Z isomers are also envisioned. Such mixtures may be equimolar or enriched in either the E or the Z isomer.
- Compositions according to the invention may have a physical form of the compound selected from the group consisting of an anhydrous form, a single crystalline form, a mixture of polymorphic forms, a hydrated form, and mixtures thereof.
- the invention may have a physical form of the compound selected from the group consisting of an anhydrous form, a single crystalline form, a mixture of polymorphic forms, a hydrated form, and mixtures thereof.
- compositions comprising or consisting essentially of the compounds described herein, as well as kits comprising the compositions and combinations thereof.
- the invention encompasses methods of treating breast cancer, or of reducing the rate or severity of recurrence of breast cancer in previously-treated breast cancer patients. Treating includes management of, amelioration of symptoms of, and slowing the progression of the condition.
- Methods according to the invention comprise administering to a patient in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of the compound as an active agent.
- the breast cancer is estrogen receptor (ER) positive.
- Treatment may be directed to those patients that will benefit the most from a compound according to the invention as an alternative to tamoxifen.
- treatment may be directed at human females who are resistant or non-responsive to tamoxifen treatment. Non- responsiveness may be found empirically through dosage with tamoxifen, or it may be inferred through genetic, enzymatic, or other assay of samples from the patient.
- non-responsiveness to tamoxifen may be a transient or induced condition.
- non-responsiveness to tamoxifen may be due to
- Non-responsiveness to tamoxifen may be due to inability to convert tamoxifen to endoxifen in vivo, or may be due to resistance by overexpression of HER2/neu by the cancer cells, or due to some other mechanism.
- the subject has previously undergone treatment, and in some cases, the previous therapy has failed.
- the subject is in remission.
- the subject is post-menopausal.
- the subject is at risk for breast cancer.
- Subjects are mammalian, and preferably are human, and more preferably are human females.
- treatment is for patients that are non-responsive to tamoxifen, wherein non-responsiveness may be determined by a method selected from the group consisting of liver enzyme assay, genotyping Cyp2D6 for one or more copies of a partly or completely defective allele, for example the * 10 allele, detecting the presence, absence, or levels of endoxifen in biological fluids, determining if the patient is taking drugs that interfere with tamoxifen metabolism, and combinations thereof.
- the breast cancer to be treated is ER positive. In some embodiments, the breast cancer is tamoxifen resistant or overexpresses
- the breast cancer is recurring. In some embodiments, the breast cancer is recurring.
- the breast cancer progression rate from ductal carcinoma in situ (DCIS) or atypical hyperplasia is reduced or delayed.
- the compounds may be used for the treatment of breast cancer, or for a reduction in the recurrence rate or severity of previously-treated breast cancer.
- the compound is administered as mono-therapy, where the compound according to the invention is the only agent active against breast cancer.
- the monotherapeutically effective amount of compound according to the invention is bioequivalent to oral tamoxifen of 5-80 mg per day.
- the invention encompasses methods of treating breast cancer using a combination of two or more drugs.
- each drug may be active individually against the breast cancer, or one or more drugs may be active against the breast cancer, and one or more additional drugs may serve to improve the efficacy of the active drug(s) by reducing side effects, increasing potency of the active drug(s), or some other mechanism.
- the two or more compounds e.g., two, three, four, five, or more compounds
- may be administered in combination e.g., in the same formulation, or may be administered in separate formulations at the same or at different times.
- Pharmaceutical formulations of all combinations listed herein are also contemplated.
- compounds according to the invention are used in combination therapy with HDAC inhibitors such as valproic acid, trichostatin A, or SAHA; and/or IGF receptor inhibitors such as EGCG; and/or mTOR inhibitors such as rapamycin and/or sulforaphane; an EGFR inhibitor; and/or tamoxifen and related compounds; other chemotherapeutic agent, biologic, radiation therapy, or other agents and procedures useful in the treatment of cancer; and combinations thereof.
- HDAC inhibitors such as valproic acid, trichostatin A, or SAHA
- IGF receptor inhibitors such as EGCG
- mTOR inhibitors such as rapamycin and/or sulforaphane
- an EGFR inhibitor such as a EGFR inhibitor
- tamoxifen and related compounds other chemotherapeutic agent, biologic, radiation therapy, or other agents and procedures useful in the treatment of cancer
- formula I, a HDAC inhibitor, and an IGF receptor inhibitor are administered.
- the IGF-1R inhibitor can be any one of the embodiments.
- picropodophyllin see, e.g., Girnita, A. et al, Cancer Res., 2004. 64(1): 236-242
- the green tea polyphenol, EGCG see, e.g., Shimizu, M. et al, Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun., 2005. 334(3): 947-953; Li, M. et al, Cancer Epidemiol. Biomarkers Prev., 2007. 16(3): 598-605.
- An EGFR inhibitor may be gefitinib, and the mTOR inhibitor may be rapamycin or rapamycin derivatives (see, e.g., Johnston, S.R., Clin. Cancer Res., 2006. 12(3 Pt. 2): 1061-1069s).
- the skilled practitioner will be able to use a variety of IGF-1R, EGFR, and mTOR inhibitors in the invention, to provide therapeutically effective combinations.
- Embodiments of the above combinations include administering formulas I or II, EGCG, and sulforaphane; formulas I or II, rapamycin, and sulforaphane; and formulas I or II, EGCG, rapamycin, and sulforaphane.
- Sulforaphane may be administered at 01. -10 micromolar, 0.5-5 micromolar, 0.5-2 micromolar, or about 1 micromolar amounts. Additional embodiments include administering formulas I or II and valproic acid; formulas I or II, valproic acid, and EGCG; formulas I or II, valproic acid, and rapamycin; and formulas I or II, valproic acid, EGCG, and rapamycin.
- Embodiments of the above combinations include administering formulas I or II and trichostatin A; formulas I or II, trichostatin A, and EGCG; formulas I or II, trichostatin A, and rapamycin; and formulas I or II, trichostatin A, EGCG, and rapamycin.
- Embodiments of the above combinations include administering formulas I or II and EGCG; formulas I or II and rapamycin; and formulas I or II, EGCG, and rapamycin.
- the daily dose of valproic acid is from about 15/mg/kg to about 60 mg/kg. In one embodiment, the daily dose of valproic acid is sufficient to achieve about 300 to about 867 micromolar in patient serum. In another embodiment, the daily dose of valproic acid is sufficient to achieve about 300 to about 1000 micromolar in patient serum, and in another embodiment, the daily dose of valproic acid is sufficient to achieve about 500 to about 1000 micromolar in patient serum. In some embodiments, the dose of SAHA is from about 200 mg/day to about 600 mg/day. In another embodiment, the dose of SAHA is about 400 mg/day.
- the dose of EGCG is from about 300 mg/day to about 800 mg/day. In one embodiment, the dose of rapamycin is from about 0.125 mg/day to about 1 mg/day. In one embodiment, the dose of gefitinib is from about 200 mg/day to about 300 mg/day. In another embodiment, the dose of gefitinib is about 250 mg/day. In one embodiment, the dose of erlotinib is from about 100 mg/day to about 150 mg/day. In some embodiments, compounds are administered in combination, with ratios of those compounds which preserve the recommended daily doses of the compounds. In some embodiments, compounds are administered in combination, with ratios of those compounds which preserve the ranges of doses as described herein.
- the invention provides a method of treating, reducing the recurrence rate, or reducing the severity of recurrence of breast cancer, the method comprising the step of administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound according to the invention and a compound selected from the group consisting of a HDAC inhibitor or an IGF receptor inhibitor.
- the invention provides a method of treating, reducing the recurrence rate, or reducing the severity of recurrence of breast cancer, the method comprising the step of
- the invention provides a method of treating, reducing the recurrence rate, or reducing the severity of recurrence of breast cancer, the method comprising the step of administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound according to the invention and sulforaphane.
- the invention provides a method of treating, reducing the recurrence rate, or reducing the severity of recurrence of breast cancer, without attendant increase in risk of uterine cancer, the method comprising the step of administering a therapeutically effective amount of compound according to the invention with an HDAC inhibitor.
- the HDAC inhibitor is VP A, TSA, sulforaphane, or SAHA.
- the invention provides a method of treating, reducing the recurrence rate, or reducing the severity of recurrence of breast cancer, without attendant increase in risk of uterine cancer, the method comprising the step of administering a therapeutically effective amount of compound according to the invention with an HDAC inhibitor, wherein the compound according to the invention has an estrogen-like effect on the uterus.
- Attendant risk of uterine cancer refers to reducing or eliminating the risk of uterine cancer that typically exists with anti- estrogen therapy alone. In some embodiments, this risk is reduced by 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95%, or it is virtually or wholly eliminated. Prevention of breast cancer is also envisioned.
- the compound according to the invention is administered as part of a hormonal therapy.
- hormonal therapy may be an antiestrogen therapy or aromatase inhibitor therapy.
- the hormonal therapy can also be estrogen ablation therapy, including an aromatase inhibitor.
- the aromatase inhibitor can be, but is not limited to, exemestane, letrozole, or anastrozole.
- the dose of letrozole is from about 1 mg/day to about 5 mg/day.
- the dose of letrozole is about 2.5 mg/day.
- the dose of exemestane is from about 10 mg/day to about 40 mg/day.
- the dose of exemestane is about 25 mg/day.
- the dose of anastrozole is from about 0.5 mg/day to about 3 mg/day.
- the dose of anastrozole is about 1 mg/day.
- the compound according to the invention is administered in combination with 4-hydroxytamoxifen or a prodrug of 4- hydroxytamoxifen.
- combinations of the compound according to the invention and 4-hydroxytamoxifen (or prodrug thereof) are administered to those patients that are non-responsive to tamoxifen, and the administered ratio of compound according to the invention and 4-hydroxytamoxifen or 4-hydroxytamoxifen prodrug (which may also be a compound according to the invention) results in in vivo levels of endoxifen or 4-hydroxytoremifene and 4-hydroxytamoxifen that mimic the levels of endoxifen and 4-hydroxytamoxifen following administration of tamoxifen to responsive patients.
- the in vivo levels may correlate with serum levels or may be measured at the site of action, or by other manner, such as by plural effusion.
- the ratio of compound according to the invention to 4-hydroxytamoxifen or prodrug thereof is the bioequivalent of from about 0.5 to about 10 times endoxifen to 4-hydroxytamoxifen.
- levels of endoxifen are about 4 times the level of 4-hydroxytamoxifen up to endoxifen levels of about 6 times the level of 4- hydroxytamoxifen.
- Bioequivalence may be determined by assay of serum levels, or by levels in plural effusion, among other methods of determining bioequivalence. Prevention of breasts cancer is also envisioned.
- the present invention encompasses methods and compositions for reducing the incidence of breast cancer or delaying the progression of pre-cancerous conditions, including in subjects who are at risk for breast cancer that is greater than the average risk for breast cancer.
- Risk factors considered in preventing breast cancer in subjects include family history of breast cancer (relatives with breast cancer), genetic markers for breast cancer such as BRCA1 and BRCA2, age at menarche, age at first live birth, the number of breast biopsies, presence of atypical hyperplasia on breast biopsy, population rates of breast cancer and death from other causes.
- the present invention also provides methods and compositions for reducing the rate of progression of breast cancer to a later stage for those who already have breast cancer or precancerous indicators, as well as reducing the rate and/or severity of the recurrence of breast cancer for those in remission from breast cancer.
- the invention contemplates methods of delaying the progression of DCIS to breast cancer, and methods of delaying the progression of atypical hyperplasia to breast cancer.
- the invention encompasses treating estrogen receptor positive breast cancer.
- the present invention encompasses treating DCIS and, in another embodiment, the present invention encompasses treating atypical hyperplasia.
- the present invention further contemplates that the combination therapies as described herein can also reduce or eliminate other side effects of treatment, at least in part because lower doses of compounds can be used in treatment or prevention protocols.
- breast cancer that is tamoxifen resistant, as well as to treat breast cancer that overexpresses Her2/Neu.
- the invention also contemplates treating subjects with breast cancer for whom previous therapy has failed, or for whom the cancer is recurring. In some
- the invention is to treat subjects with breast cancer who are post-menopausal, and in some embodiments, the invention contemplates treating subjects who are genetically predisposed to breast cancer or otherwise at increased risk.
- the invention also encompasses methods of treating subjects to prevent progression of breast cancer, and in some embodiments, the invention encompasses treating or preventing breast cancer in patients with pre-cancerous growths or benign tumors. It is within the scope of the invention to treat subjects that are in remission from breast cancer, and to treat subjects with breast cancer that have previously undergone treatment.
- intermediates are presented for the synthesis of compounds and compositions for the treatment and prevention of breast cancer.
- the intermediates may be immediate precursors of the compounds to be administered to the patient, or the intermediates may require two or more synthetic steps to be converted into a compound to be administered to a patient.
- FIG. 1 shows the chemical structures for tamoxifen, 4-hydroxy- tamoxifen, endoxifen, and 4-hydroxytoremifene.
- FIG. 2 shows a proposed synthetic scheme for endoxifen phosphate.
- FIG. 3 shows additional synthetic options for access to O-Pro- endoxifens.
- FIG. 4 shows a direct activation of the phenol-OH.
- FIG. 5 shows a route to O-Pro-endoxifen via a protected amine.
- FIG. 6 shows additional options for access to O-Pro-endoxifens.
- FIG. 7 shows additional classes of phenol prodrugs.
- FIG. 8 shows proposed synthetic options for access to N-Pro- endoxifens.
- FIG. 9 shows a synthetic scheme for 4-hydroxytoremifene via an aldehyde precursor.
- the -OR groups form an acetal, and may be, for example, -OMe or -OEt.
- FIG. 10 shows a synthetic scheme of a pivalate ester and a phosphate prodrug via a common precursor.
- the -OR groups form an acetal, and may be, for example, -OMe or -OEt.
- FIG. 11 shows a synthetic scheme of a pivalate ester and a phosphate prodrug via a common precursor.
- the -OR groups form an acetal, and may be, for example, -OMe or -OEt.
- a phosphate group is attached at the 4-hydroxy position of endoxifen or 4-hydroxytoremifene. While not wishing to be bound by theory, it is believed that this modification and other modifications can lead to improved clinical outcomes for breast cancer patients.
- prodrug means a compound with a temporary modification of a functional group of a drug in order to improve the pharmaceutical utility of the drug.
- Prodrug may refer to the entire compound, or it may refer to the chemical modification, in the context of a prodrug moiety being the chemical modification.
- the functional group of the drug is a handle for the introduction of a moiety that confers on the new entity some desirable characteristic.
- the prodrug moiety is intimately connected with the pharmaceutical deficiency of the parent drug, and the presence of the prodrug moiety directly addresses the deficiency.
- prodrugs rely on in vivo enzymatic activation for conversion to active form of the drug for example by cleavage of the prodrug moiety by an enzyme. In other embodiments, prodrugs rely on physiological chemical conditions for release of the drug, for example through a change in pH.
- the benefits of a prodrug are not limited to improved in vivo benefits compared to the parent drug, but may also include improved processing or storage characteristics or economic considerations prior to administration to the patient.
- cancer refers to a disease involving cells that have the potential to metastasize to distal sites and exhibit phenotypic traits that differ from those of non-cancer cells. Cancer cells acquire a characteristic set of functional capabilities during their development, albeit through various mechanisms. Such capabilities include evading apoptosis, self-sufficiency in growth signals, insensitivity to anti-growth signals, tissue invasion/metastasis, limitless replicative potential, and sustained angiogenesis.
- cancer cell is meant to encompass both pre-malignant and malignant cancer cells.
- Estrogen receptor positive breast cancer refers to breast cancers that are in the positive or intermediate range for the estrogen receptor protein. For example, when estrogen receptor protein can be measured as femtomoles per milligram of cytosol protein. In this assay, values above 10 are positive, values from 3 to 10 are intermediate, and values less than 3 are negative. Other assays known in the art can be used to determined if the breast cancer is estrogen receptor positive, in particular assays based on antibodies to estrogen receptors alpha and beta and their use in biochemical or histological assays.
- histone deacetylase inhibitor and “inhibitor of histone deacetylase” mean a compound which is capable of interacting with a histone deacetylase and inhibiting its enzymatic activity, abbreviated as HDAC inhibitors.
- “Inhibiting histone deacetylase enzymatic activity” means reducing the ability of a histone deacetylase to remove an acetyl group from a histone. (see, e.g., Minucci et al, Nature 6:38-51 (2006). In some preferred embodiments, such reduction of histone deacetylase activity is at least about 50%, more preferably at least about 75%, and still more preferably at least about 90%.
- histone deacetylase activity is reduced by at least 95% and more preferably by at least 99%.
- Assays for determining inhibition are described in Phiel, C.J., et al., J Biol Chem., 2001. 276(39): p. 36734-41 and Gottlich, M., et al, Embo J., 2001. 20(24): p. 6969- 78.
- the histone deacetylase inhibitor reduces the ability of a histone deacetylase to remove an acetyl group from a histone at a concentration that is lower than the concentration of the inhibitor that is required to produce another, unrelated biological effect.
- the concentration of the inhibitor required for histone deacetylase inhibitory activity is at least 2-fold lower, more preferably at least 5-fold lower, even more preferably at least 10-fold lower, and most preferably at least 20-fold lower than the concentration required to produce an unrelated biological effect.
- active ingredient includes having a therapeutic or prophylactic effect on breast cancer in the combinations. This does not include inactive ingredients such as pharmaceutical carriers, excipients, and the like.
- rapamycin protein inhibitor or "mTOR inhibitor” includes drugs such as rapamycin, temsirolimus, and everolimus that selectively inhibit the mammalian target of rapamycin (mTOR).
- mTOR inhibitor refers to drugs such as picropodophyllin and podophyllotoxin that selectively inhibit the IGF-1 receptor.
- EGF receptor inhibitor of "EGFR inhibitor” refers to drugs such as gefitinib and erlotinib that selectively inhibit the EGF receptor.
- Insufficient to fully prevent production of estrogen refers to the inability of an aromatase inhibitor to fully prevent a tumor cell from converting an estrogen precursor into a functional estrogen that can stimulate tumor proliferation.
- Less than estrogen receptor-saturating amounts refers to amounts of fulvestrant less than 100 fold molar excess to the amounts of estradiol or less than 10 nanomolar in patient circulation.
- “Hormonal therapy” refers to drugs or treatments that block the effect of, or reduce the levels of hormones, and in particular which block the effect of estrogen or lower estrogen levels, including anti-estrogen therapy and estrogen ablation therapy.
- the terms "prevent,” “preventing” and “prevention” refer to the prevention of the recurrence, worsening, or spread of a disease in a subject resulting from the administration of a prophylactic or therapeutic agent.
- overexpress refers to a protein or nucleic acid (RNA) that is translated or transcribed at a detectably greater level, usually in a cancer cell, in comparison to a normal cell.
- RNA nucleic acid
- RNA and protein stability as compared to a normal cell.
- Overexpression can be detected using conventional techniques for detecting mRNA (i.e., RT-PCR, PCR, hybridization, microarray) or proteins (i.e., ELISA, immunohistochemical techniques).
- Overexpression can be 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90% or more in comparison to a normal cell. In certain instances, overexpression is 1-fold, 2-fold, 3- fold, 4-fold or more higher levels of transcription or translation in comparison to a normal cell.
- the term “in combination” refers to the use of more than one prophylactic and/or therapeutic agents.
- the use of the term “in combination” does not restrict the order in which prophylactic and/or therapeutic agents are administered to a subject with cancer, especially breast cancer.
- a first prophylactic or therapeutic agent can be administered prior to (e.g., 1 minute, 5 minutes, 15 minutes, 30 minutes, 45 minutes, 1 hour, 2 hours, 4 hours, 6 hours, 12 hours, 24 hours, 48 hours, 72 hours, 96 hours, 1 week, 2 weeks, 3 weeks, 4 weeks, 5 weeks, 6 weeks, 8 weeks, or 12 weeks before), concomitantly with, or subsequent to (e.g., 1 minute, 5 minutes, 15 minutes, 30 minutes, 45 minutes, 1 hour, 2 hours, 4 hours, 6 hours, 12 hours, 24 hours, 48 hours, hours, 96 hours, 1 week, 2 weeks, 3 weeks, 4 weeks, 5 weeks, 6 weeks, 8 weeks, or 12 weeks after) the administration of a second prophylactic or therapeutic agent to a subject which had, has, or is susceptible to cancer, especially breast cancer.
- the prophylactic or therapeutic agents are administered to a subject in a sequence and within a time interval such that the agent of the invention can act together with the other agent to provide an increased benefit than if they were administered otherwise. Any additional prophylactic or therapeutic agent can be administered in any order with the other additional prophylactic or therapeutic agents.
- the term “combine effectively” refers to a combination of therapies (e.g., a combination of prophylactic or therapeutic agents) which is more effective than any single agent administered alone. Combining effectively may also refer to combinations of therapies that are not less effective than any single agent or even less effective than any single agent, but which also eliminate or reduce the adverse effects of one or more of the agents, such as eliminating or reducing the risk of uterine cancer associated with one or more of the agents.
- the term "synergistic” refers to a combination of therapies (e.g., a combination of prophylactic or therapeutic agents) which is more effective than the additive effects of any two or more single agents.
- a synergistic effect of a combination of therapies permits the use of lower dosages of one or more of the therapies and/or less frequent administration of said therapies (e.g., agents) to a subject with a disease or disorder, in particular, cancer, or a condition or symptom associated therewith.
- a synergistic effect can result in improved efficacy of therapies in the prevention, management, or treatment of a disease or disorder, in particular, cancer or a condition or symptom associated therewith.
- the synergistic effect of a combination of therapies may avoid or reduce adverse or unwanted side effects associated with the use of any single therapy.
- side effects encompasses unwanted and adverse effects of a prophylactic or therapeutic agent. Adverse effects are always unwanted, but unwanted effects are not necessarily adverse. An adverse effect from a prophylactic or therapeutic agent might be harmful or uncomfortable or risky. Side effects can refer specifically to an increase in uterine cell proliferation, as well as to an increase in the frequency of uterine cancer and an increase in the risk of developing uterine cancer.
- Side effects from chemotherapy include, but are not limited to, gastrointestinal toxicity such as, but not limited to, early and late-forming diarrhea and flatulence, nausea, vomiting, anorexia, leukopenia, anemia, neutropenia, asthenia, abdominal cramping, fever, pain, loss of body weight, dehydration, alopecia, dyspnea, insomnia, dizziness, mucositis, xerostomia, and kidney failure, as well as constipation, nerve and muscle effects, temporary or permanent damage to kidneys and bladder, flu-like symptoms, fluid retention, and temporary or permanent infertility.
- Side effects from radiation therapy include but are not limited to fatigue, dry mouth, and loss of appetite.
- Side effects from biological bowel infections include but are not limited to chronic respiratory infections, nausea, vomiting, anorexia, leukopenia, anemia, neutropenia, asthenia, abdominal cramping, fever, pain, loss of body weight, dehydration, alopecia, dyspnea, insomnia, dizziness,
- therapies/immunotherapies include but are not limited to rashes or swellings at the site of administration, flu-like symptoms such as fever, chills and fatigue, digestive tract problems and allergic reactions.
- Side effects from hormonal therapies include but are not limited to nausea, fertility problems, depression, loss of appetite, eye problems, headache, and weight fluctuation. Additional undesired effects typically experienced by patients are numerous and known in the art. Many are described in the Physicians' Desk Reference (56 th ed., 2002).
- therapeutically effective amount or dose or “therapeutically sufficient amount or dose” or “effective or sufficient amount or dose” herein is meant a dose that produces therapeutic effects for which it is administered, in the context of the combination therapy in which it is administered. Often, the therapeutically effective or sufficient amount or dose of the compounds comprising the
- compositions of the invention will be lower when administered in the specific combinations, than the doses that would be therapeutically effective or sufficient when the compounds are administered separately.
- the exact dose will depend on the purpose of the treatment, and will be ascertainable by one skilled in the art using known techniques (see, e.g. , Lieberman, Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms (vols. 1-3, 1992); Lloyd, The Art, Science and Technology of Pharmaceutical Compounding (1999); Pickar, Dosage Calculations (1999); and Remington. The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, 20th Edition, 2003, Gennaro, Ed., Lippincott, Williams & Wilkins).
- a therapeutically effective amount refers to that amount of the therapeutic agent sufficient to destroy, modify, control or remove primary, regional or metastatic cancer tissue.
- a therapeutically effective amount may refer to the amount of therapeutic agent sufficient to delay or minimize the spread of cancer.
- a therapeutically effective amount may also refer to the amount of the therapeutic agent that provides a therapeutic benefit in the treatment or management of cancer.
- a therapeutically effective amount with respect to a therapeutic agent of the invention means that amount of therapeutic agent alone, or in combination with other therapies, that provides a therapeutic benefit in the treatment or management of cancer. In sensitized cells, the therapeutically effective dose can often be lower than the conventional therapeutically effective dose for non-sensitized cells.
- a therapeutically effective amount refers to the amount of a therapeutic agent that, e.g., reduces the proliferation of cancer cells, increases the death of cancer cells or, reduces the size of a tumor or spread of a tumor in a subject.
- a therapeutically effective amount of a therapeutic agent reduces the size of a tumor or the spread of a tumor in a subject by at least 5%, preferably at least 10%, at least 15%, at least 20%, at least 25%, at least 30%, at least 35%, at least 40%, at least 45%, at least 50%, ate least 55%, at least 60%, at least 65%, at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95% or at least 99% relative to a control such as PBS.
- a therapeutically effective amount refers to the amount of a therapeutic agent that increases survival by 1 month, 2 months, 6 months, 1 year, 2 years, 3 years, 4 years, 5 years, 6 years, 7 years, 8 years, 9 years, 10 years, or more. In some embodiments, a therapeutically effective amount refers to the amount of a therapeutic agent that prevents the progression from DCIS or atypical hyperplasia to breast cancer.
- carrier refers to a diluent, adjuvant (e.g., Freund's adjuvant (complete and incomplete)), excipient, or vehicle with which the therapeutic is administered.
- adjuvant e.g., Freund's adjuvant (complete and incomplete)
- excipient or vehicle with which the therapeutic is administered.
- Such pharmaceutical carriers can be sterile liquids, such as water and oils, including those of petroleum, animal, vegetable or synthetic origin, such as peanut oil, soybean oil, mineral oil, sesame oil and the like. Water is a preferred carrier when the pharmaceutical composition is administered intravenously.
- Saline solutions and aqueous dextrose and glycerol solutions can also be employed as liquid carriers, particularly for injectable solutions.
- Suitable pharmaceutical excipients include starch, glucose, lactose, sucrose, gelatin, malt, rice, flour, chalk, silica gel, sodium stearate, glycerol monostearate, talc, sodium chloride, dried skim milk, glycerol, propylene, glycol, water, ethanol and the like.
- the composition if desired, can also contain minor amounts of wetting or emulsifying agents, or pH buffering agents. These compositions can take the form of solutions, suspensions, emulsion, tablets, pills, capsules, powders, sustained-release formulations and the like.
- Oral formulation can include standard carriers such as pharmaceutical grades of mannitol, lactose, starch, magnesium stearate, sodium saccharine, cellulose, magnesium carbonate, etc. Examples of suitable pharmaceutical carriers are described in
- compositions will contain a prophylactically or therapeutically effective amount of a prophylactic or therapeutic agent preferably in purified form, together with a suitable amount of carrier so as to provide the form for proper administration to the patient.
- the formulation should suit the mode of administration.
- the pharmaceutical compositions are sterile and in suitable form for administration to a subject, preferably an animal subject, more preferably a mammalian subject, and most preferably a human subject.
- the term “intermediates” encompasses compounds used in the synthesis of prodrug compounds according to the invention.
- intermediates may have activity in their own right, or may be biologically inactive.
- compositions of the present invention are determined in part by the particular composition being administered, as well as by the particular method used to administer the composition. Accordingly, there are a wide variety of suitable formulations of pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention (see, e.g. , Remington 's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 20 th ed., 2003).
- compositions of the invention may be administered locally to the area in need of treatment; this may be achieved by, for example, and not by way of limitation, local infusion, by injection, or by means of an implant, said implant being of a porous, non-porous, or gelatinous material, including membranes, such as sialastic membranes, or fibers.
- an implant being of a porous, non-porous, or gelatinous material, including membranes, such as sialastic membranes, or fibers.
- care must be taken to use materials to which the prophylactic or therapeutic agents do not absorb.
- the invention can be delivered in a vesicle, in particular a liposome
- composition can be delivered in a controlled release or sustained release system.
- a pump may be used to achieve controlled or sustained release (see Langer, supra; Sefton, 1987, CRC Crit. Ref. Biomed. Eng. 14:20; Buchwald et al, 1980, Surgery 88:507; Saudek et al, 1989, N. Engl. J. Med.
- polymeric materials can be used to achieve controlled or sustained release of the antibodies of the invention or fragments thereof (see e.g., Medical Applications of Controlled Release, Langer and Wise (eds.), CRC Pres., Boca Raton, Fla. (1974); Controlled Drug Bioavailability, Drug Product Design and Performance, Smolen and Ball (eds.), Wiley, N.Y. (1984); Ranger and Peppas, 1983, J., Macromol. Sci. Rev. Macromol. Chem. 23:61; see also Levy et al, 1985, Science 228: 190; During et al, 1989, Ann. Neurol. 25:351; Howard et al, 1989, J.
- polymers used in sustained release formulations include, but are not limited to, poly(2 -hydroxy ethyl methacrylate), poly(methyl methacrylate), poly(acrylic acid), poly(ethylene-co-vinyl acetate), poly(methacrylic acid), polyglycolides (PLG), polyanhydrides, poly(N-vinyl pyrrolidone), poly(vinyl alcohol), polyacrylamide, poly(ethylene glycol), polylactides (PLA), poly(lactide-co-glycolides) (PLGA), and polyorthoesters.
- the polymer used in a sustained release formulation is inert, free of leachable impurities, stable on storage, sterile, and biodegradable.
- a controlled or sustained release system can be placed in proximity of the therapeutic target, i.e., the lungs, thus requiring only a fraction of the systemic dose (see, e.g., Goodson, in Medical Applications of Controlled Release, supra, vol. 2, pp. 115-138 (1984)).
- a pharmaceutical composition of the invention is formulated to be compatible with its intended route of administration.
- suitable routes of administration include, but are not limited to, ingestion, parenteral (e.g., intravenous, intramuscular, intradermal, intra-tumoral, intra-synovial, and subcutaneous), oral (e.g., inhalation, ingestion), intranasal, transdermal (topical), transmucosal, intra- tumoral, intra-synovial, vaginal, and rectal administration.
- parenteral e.g., intravenous, intramuscular, intradermal, intra-tumoral, intra-synovial, and subcutaneous
- oral e.g., inhalation, ingestion
- intranasal e.g., intranasal
- transdermal e.g., topical
- transmucosal e.g., transmucosal, intra- tumoral, intra-synovial, vaginal
- compositions for intravenous administration are solutions in sterile isotonic aqueous buffer.
- the composition may also include a solubilizing agent and a local anesthetic such as lignocaine to ease pain at the site of the injection.
- compositions of the invention are to be administered topically, the compositions can be formulated in the form of, e.g., a toothpaste, ointment, cream, transdermal patch, lotion, gel, oral gel, shampoo, spray, aerosol, solution, emulsion, or other form well-known to one of skill in the art. See, e.g., Remington's
- viscous to semi-solid or solid forms comprising a carrier or one or more excipients compatible with topical application and having a dynamic viscosity preferably greater than water are typically employed.
- Suitable formulations include, without limitation, solutions, suspensions, emulsions, creams, ointments, powders, liniments, salves, and the like, which are, if desired, sterilized or mixed with auxiliary agents (e.g., preservatives, stabilizers, wetting agents, buffers, or salts) for influencing various properties, such as, for example, osmotic pressure.
- auxiliary agents e.g., preservatives, stabilizers, wetting agents, buffers, or salts
- Other suitable topical dosage forms include sprayable aerosol preparations wherein the active ingredient, preferably in combination with a solid or liquid inert carrier, is packaged in a mixture with a pressurized volatile (e.g., a gaseous propellant, such as Freon), or in a squeeze bottle.
- a pressurized volatile e.g., a gaseous propellant, such as Freon
- Moisturizers or humectants can also be
- compositions of the invention are to be administered intranasally, the compositions can be formulated in an aerosol form, spray, mist or in the form of drops.
- prophylactic or therapeutic agents for use according to the present invention can be conveniently delivered in the form of an aerosol spray presentation from pressurized packs or a nebuliser, with the use of a suitable propellant, e.g., dichlorodifluoromethane, trichlorofluoromethane, dichlorotetrafluoroethane, carbon dioxide or other suitable gas.
- a suitable propellant e.g., dichlorodifluoromethane, trichlorofluoromethane, dichlorotetrafluoroethane, carbon dioxide or other suitable gas.
- the dosage unit may be determined by providing a valve to deliver a metered amount.
- Capsules and cartridges of, e.g., gelatin for use in an inhaler or insufflator may be formulated containing
- compositions of the invention are to be administered orally
- the compositions can be formulated orally in the form of, e.g., gum, tablets, capsules, cachets, gelcaps, solutions, suspensions and the like.
- Tablets or capsules can be prepared by conventional means with pharmaceutically acceptable excipients such as binding agents (e.g., pregelatinized maize starch, polyvinylpyrrolidone or
- hydroxypropyl methylcellulose hydroxypropyl methylcellulose
- fillers e.g., lactose, microcrystalline cellulose or calcium hydrogen phosphate
- lubricants e.g., magnesium stearate, talc or silica
- disintegrants e.g., potato starch or sodium starch glycolate
- wetting agents e.g., sodium lauryl sulphate
- the tablets may be coated by methods well-known in the art.
- Liquid preparations for oral administration may take the form of, for example, solutions, syrups or suspensions, or they may be presented as a dry product for constitution with water or other suitable vehicle before use.
- Such liquid preparations may be prepared by conventional means with pharmaceutically acceptable additives such as suspending agents (e.g., sorbitol syrup, cellulose derivatives or hydrogenated edible fats); emulsifying agents (e.g., lecithin or acacia); non-aqueous vehicles (e.g., almond oil, oily esters, ethyl alcohol or fractionated vegetable oils); and preservatives (e.g., methyl or propyl-p-hydroxybenzoates or sorbic acid).
- suspending agents e.g., sorbitol syrup, cellulose derivatives or hydrogenated edible fats
- emulsifying agents e.g., lecithin or acacia
- non-aqueous vehicles e.g., almond oil, oily esters, ethyl alcohol or fractionated vegetable oils
- preservatives e.g., methyl or propyl-p-hydroxybenzoates or sorbic acid.
- the preparations may also contain buffer salt
- Preparations for oral administration may be suitably formulated for slow release, controlled release or sustained release of a prophylactic or therapeutic agent(s).
- compositions of the invention may be formulated for parenteral administration by injection, e.g., by bolus injection or continuous infusion.
- Formulations for injection may be presented in unit dosage form, e.g., in ampoules or in multi-dose containers, with an added preservative.
- the compositions may take such forms as suspensions, solutions or emulsions in oily or aqueous vehicles, and may contain formulatory agents such as suspending, stabilizing and/or dispersing agents.
- the active ingredient may be in powder form for constitution with a suitable vehicle, e.g., sterile pyrogen- free water, before use.
- compositions of the invention may also be formulated in rectal compositions such as suppositories or retention enemas, e.g., containing conventional suppository bases such as cocoa butter or other glycerides.
- compositions of the invention may also be formulated as a depot preparation. Such long acting formulations may be administered by implantation (for example subcutaneously or intramuscularly) or by intramuscular injection.
- the compositions may be formulated with suitable polymeric or hydrophobic materials (for example as an emulsion in an acceptable oil) or ion exchange resins, or as sparingly soluble derivatives, for example, as a sparingly soluble salt.
- compositions of the invention are supplied either separately or mixed together in unit dosage form, for example, as a dry lyophilized powder or water free concentrate in a hermetically sealed container such as an ampoule or sachet indicating the quantity of active agent.
- a hermetically sealed container such as an ampoule or sachet indicating the quantity of active agent.
- composition is to be administered by infusion, it can be dispensed with an infusion bottle containing sterile pharmaceutical grade water or saline.
- an ampoule of sterile water for injection or saline can be provided so that the ingredients may be mixed prior to administration.
- the invention provides a pharmaceutical pack or kit comprising one or more containers filled with individual components (in pharmaceutical formulations) of the combination therapies described herein; for example, contained filled with an HDAC inhibitor and one or more hormonal therapy agents, and/or one or more therapeutic or prophylactic agents such as an IGF-1R inhibitor, an EGFR inhibitor, an mTOR inhibitor, or another active ingredient.
- Containers may also be filled with an HDAC inhibitor, and one or more therapeutic or prophylactic agents such as an IGF- 1R inhibitor, an EGFR inhibitor, an mTOR inhibitor, and/or another active ingredient.
- the pharmaceutical pack or kit may further comprises one or more other prophylactic or therapeutic agents useful for the treatment of a disease or disorder.
- the invention also provides a pharmaceutical pack or kit comprising one or more containers filled with one or more of the ingredients of the pharmaceutical compositions of the invention.
- a pharmaceutical pack or kit comprising one or more containers filled with one or more of the ingredients of the pharmaceutical compositions of the invention.
- Optionally associated with such container(s) can be a notice in the form prescribed by a governmental agency regulating the manufacture, use or sale of pharmaceuticals or biological products, which notice reflects approval by the agency of manufacture, use or sale for human administration.
- the present invention provides pharmaceutical packs or kits that can be used in the above methods.
- the kit may further comprises one or more other prophylactic or therapeutic agents, or active ingredients useful for the treatment of cancer in one or more containers.
- the kit may comprise at least one compound according to the invention, at least one HDAC inhibitor, and one or more of at least one or more of an IGF-1R inhibitor, an EGFR inhibitor or mTOR inhibitor. Examples of such agents and compounds are disclosed above.
- the present invention also encompasses a finished packaged and labeled pharmaceutical product.
- This article of manufacture includes the appropriate unit dosage form in an appropriate vessel or container such as a glass vial or other container that is hermetically sealed.
- the active ingredient is sterile and suitable for administration as a particulate free solution.
- the invention encompasses both parenteral solutions and lyophilized powders, each being sterile, and the latter being suitable for reconstitution prior to injection.
- the unit dosage form may be a solid suitable for oral, transdermal, intratumoral, intra-synovial, topical or mucosal delivery.
- the unit dosage form is suitable for intravenous, intramuscular, intratumoral, intra-synovial, or subcutaneous delivery.
- the invention encompasses solutions, preferably sterile, suitable for each delivery route.
- the packaging material and container are designed to protect the stability of the product during storage and shipment.
- the products of the invention include instructions for use or other informational material that advise the physician, technician or patient on how to appropriately prevent or treat the disease or disorder in question.
- the article of manufacture includes instruction means indicating or suggesting a dosing regimen including, but not limited to, actual doses, monitoring procedures (such as methods for monitoring mean absolute lymphocyte counts, tumor cell counts, calcium concentration, and tumor size) and other monitoring information.
- the invention provides an article of manufacture comprising packaging material, such as a box, bottle, tube, vial, container, sprayer, insufflator, intravenous (i.v.) bag, envelope and the like; and at least one unit dosage form of a pharmaceutical agent contained within said packaging material.
- packaging material such as a box, bottle, tube, vial, container, sprayer, insufflator, intravenous (i.v.) bag, envelope and the like
- a unit dosage form of a pharmaceutical agent contained within said packaging material such as a box, bottle, tube, vial, container, sprayer, insufflator, intravenous (i.v.) bag, envelope and the like.
- an article of manufacture comprises packaging material and a pharmaceutical agent and instructions contained within said packaging material, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, and said instructions indicate a dosing regimen for preventing, treating or managing a subject with cancer.
- an article of manufacture comprises packaging material and a pharmaceutical agent and instructions contained within said packaging material, and said instructions indicate a dosing regimen for preventing, treating or managing a subject with a cancer.
- the compounds utilized in the pharmaceutical method of the invention are administered at the initial dosage of about 0.001 mg/kg to about 100 mg/kg daily.
- the dosages may be varied depending upon the requirements of the patient, the severity of the condition being treated, and the compound being employed. For example, dosages can be empirically determined considering the type and stage of cancer diagnosed in a particular patient.
- the dose administered to a patient should be sufficient to effect a beneficial therapeutic response in the patient over time.
- the size of the dose also will be determined by the existence, nature, and extent of any adverse side-effects that accompany the administration of a particular compound in a particular patient. Determination of the proper dosage for a particular situation is within the skill of the practitioner. Generally, treatment is initiated with smaller dosages which are less than the optimum dose of the compound. Thereafter, the dosage is increased by small increments until the optimum effect under circumstances is reached. For convenience, the total daily dosage may be divided and administered in portions during the day, if desired. Doses can be given daily, or on alternate days, as determined by the treating physician.
- Toxicity and efficacy of the prophylactic and/or therapeutic treatments and protocols of the instant invention can be determined by standard pharmaceutical procedures in cell cultures or experimental animals, e.g., for determining the LD 50 (the dose lethal to 50% of the population) and the ED 50 (the dose therapeutically effective in 50% of the population).
- the dose ratio between toxic and therapeutic effects is the therapeutic index and it can be expressed as the ratio LD 50 /ED 50 .
- Prophylactic and/or therapeutic agents that exhibit large therapeutic indices are preferred. While prophylactic and/or therapeutic agents that exhibit toxic side effects may be used, care should be taken to design a delivery system that targets such agents to the site of affected tissue in order to minimize potential damage to uninfected cells and, thereby, reduce side effects.
- the data obtained from the cell culture assays and animal studies can be used in formulating a range of dosage of the prophylactic and/or therapeutic agents for use in humans.
- the dosage of such agents lies preferably within a range of circulating concentrations that include the ED 50 with little or no toxicity.
- the dosage may vary within this range depending upon the dosage form employed and the route of administration utilized.
- the therapeutically effective dose can be estimated initially from cell culture assays.
- a dose may be formulated in animal models to achieve a circulating plasma
- concentration range that includes the IC 50 (i.e., the concentration of the test compound that achieves a half-maximal inhibition of symptoms) as determined in cell culture. Such information can be used to more accurately determine useful doses in humans. Levels in plasma may be measured, for example, by high performance liquid chromatography.
- any of the assays described herein, as well as those known in the art are also encompassed by the invention to determine therapeutic or prophylactic utility.
- any relevant cancer and more specifically, breast cancer animal models.
- pending safety and efficacy are clinical trials to assess the compounds and methods of the present invention.
- the present invention is directed to compounds, compositions thereof, and the use of the compounds and compositions for the treatment and prevention of breast cancer.
- Compounds according to the invention may be considered prodrugs of endoxifen or 4-hydroxytoremifene and related compounds.
- the compounds may be used for the treatment of breast cancer, or for a reduction in the recurrence rate or severity of previously-treated breast cancer.
- the compounds according to the invention are compounds of the following formula I:
- Ri may be H, lower alkyl, cyclic alkyl (by replacing the methyl group on the nitrogen or by creating a quaternary ammonium), or a prodrug moiety, and where R 2 may be H or a prodrug moiety, with the understanding that at least one of Ri and R 2 is a prodrug moiety.
- Known compounds 4-hydroxy-tamoxifen and endoxifen are not encompassed within compounds according to the invention.
- Ri when Ri is CH 3 , XR 2 is not OP0 3 H 2 . While the compound of Formula I is drawn with a specific orientation around the double bond, both E and Z configurations around the double bond are encompassed by the invention, for example, as represented by Formula la: la
- the compounds according to the invention are compounds of the following formula:
- the compound according to the invention has the following formula:
- the compounds according to the invention are compounds of the following formula:
- the compounds according to the invention are compounds of the following formula:
- the compounds according to the invention are compounds of the following formula II:
- Ri may be H, lower alkyl, cyclic alkyl (by replacing the methyl group on the nitrogen or by creating a quaternary ammonium), or a prodrug moiety
- R 2 may be H or a prodrug moiety, with the understanding that at least one of Ri and R 2 is a prodrug moiety. While the compound of Formula II is drawn with a specific orientation around the double bond, both E and Z configurations around the double bond are encompassed by the invention, for example, as represented by Formula Ila:
- the compounds according to the invention are compounds of the following formula:
- the compounds according to the invention are compounds of the following formula: and pharmaceutically-acceptable salts thereof.
- the compounds according to the invention are compounds of the following formula:
- the compounds according to the invention are compounds of the following formula:
- the compounds according to the invention are compounds of the following formula III:
- Ri may be H, lower alkyl, cyclic alkyl (by replacing the methyl group on the nitrogen or by creating a quaternary ammonium), or a prodrug moiety
- R 2 may be H or CI
- Z is selected from fluoro or chloro, and the wavy line indicates that the configuration around the double bond may be either E or Z.
- the compounds according to the invention are compounds of the following formula:
- the compounds according to the invention are compounds of the following formula:
- Ri is H.
- Ri and R 2 are each independently selected from the following groups:
- Alkyl groups preferably having from 1 to 12 carbon atoms.
- a preferred class of alkyl groups has 1 to about 8 carbon atoms, still more preferably 1 to about 6 carbon atoms, and most preferably 1, 2, 3 or 4 carbon atoms.
- Methyl, ethyl and propyl including isopropyl are particularly preferred alkyl groups in the compounds of the present invention.
- the term alkyl unless otherwise modified, refers to both cyclic and noncyclic groups, although cyclic groups will comprise at least three carbon ring members.
- Lower alkyl groups refers may refer to alkyl groups with 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
- Alkyl groups may form part of an ester, such as a pivalate group.
- alkenyl and alkynyl groups having one or more unsaturated linkages and from 2 to about 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to about 8 carbon atoms, still more preferably 2 to about 6 carbon atoms, even more preferably 2, 3 or 4 carbon atoms.
- alkenyl and alkynyl as used herein refer to both cyclic and noncyclic groups, although straight or branched noncyclic groups are generally more preferred.
- Alkylidene groups branched or unbranched, and preferably having from 1 to 12 carbon atoms.
- One more preferred class of alkylidene groups has from 1 to about 8 carbon atoms, yet more preferably from 1 to about 6 carbon atoms, and most preferably 1, 2, 3 or 4 carbon atoms.
- Methylidene, ethylidene and propylidene including isopropylidene are particularly preferred alkylidene groups in the compounds of the present invention.
- SO sulfoxide
- Aminoalkyl groups having one or more primary, secondary and/or tertiary amine groups, and from 1 to about 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to about 8 carbon atoms, still more preferably 1 to about 6 carbon atoms, even more preferably 1, 2, 3 or 4 carbon atoms.
- Secondary and tertiary amine groups are generally more preferred than primary amine moieties.
- heterocyclic groups including heteroaromatic and heteroalicyclic groups.
- Suitable heteroaromatic groups in the compounds of the present invention contain one, two or three heteroatoms selected from N, O or S atoms and include, e.g., coumarinyl including 8-coumarinyl, quinolinyl including 8-quinolinyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidyl, furyl, pyrrolyl, thienyl, thiazolyl, oxazolyl, imidazolyl, indolyl, benzofuranyl and benzothiazol.
- Suitable heteroalicyclic groups in the compounds of the present invention contain one, two or three heteroatoms selected from N, O or S atoms and include, e.g., tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, piperidinyl, morpholino and pyrrolidinyl groups.
- Aryl groups including single and multiple ring compounds, including multiple ring compounds that contain separate and/or fused aryl groups.
- Typical aryl groups contain from 1 to 3 separated or fused rings and from 6 to about 18 carbon ring atoms.
- Specifically preferred aryl groups include substituted or unsubstituted phenyl, naphthyl, biphenyl, phenanthryl, and anthracyl.
- references herein to substituted groups in the compounds of the present invention refer to the specified moiety, typically alkyl or alkenyl, that may be substituted at one or more available positions by one or more suitable groups, e.g., halogen such as fluoro, chloro, bromo and iodo; cyano; hydroxyl; nitro; azido;
- alkyl groups including those groups having 1 to about 12 carbon atoms, preferably from 1 to about 6 carbon atoms and more preferably 1-3 carbon atoms; alkenyl and alkynyl groups including groups having one or more unsaturated linkages and from 2 to about 12 carbon or from 2 to about 6 carbon atoms; alkoxy groups having those having one or more oxygen linkages and from 1 to about 12 carbon atoms, preferably from 1 to about 6 carbon atoms; aryloxy such as phenoxy; alkylthio groups including those moieties having one or more thioether linkages and from 1 to about 12 carbon atoms, preferably from 1 to about 6 carbon atoms; alkylsulfmyl groups including those moieties having one or more sulfmyl linkages and from 1 to about 12 carbon atoms, preferably from 1 to about 6 carbon atoms; alkylsulfonyl groups including those moieties having one or more sulfonyl linkages and from 1
- Preferred R groups include alkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl that may be substituted at one or more available positions by one or more suitable groups, e.g., halogen such as fluoro, chloro, bromo and iodo, especially co-chloro or perfluoro; aminoalkyl groups such as groups having one or more N atoms and from 1 to about 12 carbon atoms, preferably from 1 to about 6 carbon atoms; aryl having 6 or more carbons, particularly phenyl; aralkyl such as benzyl; heterocyclic groups including heteroalicyclic and heteroaromatic groups, especially with 5 to 10 ring atoms of which 1 to 4 are heteroatoms, more preferably heterocyclic groups with 5 or 6 ring atoms and 1 or 2 heteroatoms or with 10 ring atoms and 1 to 3 heteroatoms, the heterocyclic groups optionally being substituted with one or more of the substituents, especially amino such as dimethylamino or with keto
- prodrugs are known in the art. For example, see Simplicio et al, "Prodrugs for Amines," Molecules, vol. 13, iss. 3, pp. 519-547, March 2008, available from the internet at «http://www.mdpi.org»; see also Larsen, C.S., et al, "Chapter 14: Design and application of prodrugs” from Textbook of Drug Design and Discovery, Third Edition, edited by Krogsgaard-Larsen, P. et al, pages 410-458, 2002. The contents of each publication are incorporated by reference.
- the prodrug moiety may be selected from Table
- R groups in a figure may be the same or different:
- the prodrug moiety may be selected from Table
- R groups in a figure may be the same or different:
- a prodrug moiety may be adapted from
- prodrugs may include R groups (including R ls R 2 , etc.) as defined above for Formulas I and II.
- the synthesis of prodrugs according to the invention may be adapted from Examples 1-7 below, from Figures 2-8, and from standard transformations available to the practitioner in the art. For example, see Simplicio et al, "Prodrugs for Amines," Molecules, vol. 13, iss. 3, pp. 519-547, March 2008, available from the internet at
- prodrug means a compound with a temporary modification of a functional group of a drug in order to improve the pharmaceutical utility of the drug.
- Prodrug may refer to the entire compound, or it may refer to the chemical modification, in the context of a prodrug moiety being the chemical modification.
- the functional group of the drug is a handle for the introduction of a moiety that confers on the new entity some desirable characteristic.
- the prodrug moiety is intimately connected with the pharmaceutical deficiency of the parent drug, and the presence of the prodrug moiety directly addresses the deficiency.
- prodrugs rely on in vivo enzymatic activation for conversion to active form of the drug for example by cleavage of the prodrug moiety by an enzyme. In other embodiments, prodrugs rely on physiological chemical conditions for release of the drug, for example through a change in pH.
- the benefits of a prodrug are not limited to improved in vivo benefits compared to the parent drug, but may also include improved processing or storage characteristics or economic considerations prior to administration to the patient.
- the advantages of the prodrug moiety may be selected from the group consisting of improved biomembrane passage and bioavailability (including improved oral absorption, dermal absorption, ocular absorption, gastro-intestinal absorption, and/or reduced first-pass metabolism), site-directed drug delivery, site-specific bioactivation, improvement of drug formulation, and combinations thereof.
- the compounds of the invention can be formulated as neutral or salt forms.
- Pharmaceutically acceptable salts include those formed with anions such as those derived from hydrochloric, phosphoric, acetic, oxalic, tartaric acids, etc., and those formed with cations such as those derived from sodium, potassium, ammonium, calcium, ferric hydroxides, isopropylamine, triethylamine, 2-ethylamino ethanol, histidine, procaine, etc.
- Non-toxic salts may include the base addition salts (formed with free carboxyl or other anionic groups) which may be derived from inorganic bases such as, for example, sodium, potassium, ammonium, calcium, or ferric hydroxides, and such organic bases as isopropylamine,
- salts may also be formed as acid addition salts with any free cationic groups and will generally be formed with inorganic acids such as, for example, hydrochloric, sulfuric, or phosphoric acids, or organic acids such as acetic, p-toluenesulfonic,
- Salts of the invention include amine salts formed by the protonation of an amino group with inorganic acids such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, hydroiodic acid, sulfuric acid, phosphoric acid, and the like. Salts of the invention also include amine salts formed by the protonation of an amino group with suitable organic acids, such as p- toluenesulfonic acid, acetic acid, and the like. Additional salt-forming excipients which are contemplated for use in the practice of the present invention are those available to those of ordinary skill in the art, for example, those found in the United States Pharmacopeia Vol. XXII and National Formulary Vol. XVII, U.S.
- Any therapy e.g., chemotherapies, radiation therapies, hormonal therapies, and/or biological therapies/immunotherapies
- chemotherapies e.g., radiation therapies, hormonal therapies, and/or biological therapies/immunotherapies
- Any therapy e.g., radiation therapies, hormonal therapies, and/or biological therapies/immunotherapies
- the anti-cancer agents contemplated in the methods and compositions of the present invention, which can be administered in combination with the compositions of the present invention include, but are not limited to doxorubicin, epirubicin, the combination of doxorubicin and
- cyclophosphamide AC
- CAF doxorubicin and 5- fluorouracil
- CEF epirubicin and 5- fluorouracil
- herceptin tamoxifen
- tamoxifen the combination of tamoxifen and cytotoxic chemotherapy
- taxanes such as docetaxel and paclitaxel.
- the combinations of the invention can be administered with taxanes plus standard doxorubicin and cyclophosphamide for adjuvant treatment of node-positive, localized breast cancer.
- the dose of doxorubicin hydrochloride is 60-
- the dose of epirubicin is 100-120 mg/m 2 on day 1 of each cycle or divided equally and given on days 1-8 of the treatment cycle.
- the dose of docetaxel is 60-100 mg/m 2 over 1 hour.
- the dose of paclitaxel is 175 mg/m 2 over 3 hours.
- the present invention can be used to treat a patient with any type of breast cancer.
- Breast cancers may include carcinoma in situ, infiltrating (or invasive) ductal carcinoma, infiltrating (or invasive) lobular carcinoma, medullary carcinoma, colloid carcinoma, tubular carcinoma, and inflammatory carcinoma.
- stages 0-IV In addition to the different types of breast cancer, there are also different stages of breast cancer, referred to as stages 0-IV.
- the system most often used to describe the growth and spread of breast cancer is the TNM staging system, also known as the American Joint Committee on Cancer (AJCC) system.
- TNM staging information about the tumor, nearby lymph nodes, and distant organ metastases is combined and a stage is assigned to specific TNM groupings. The grouped stages are described using Roman numerals from I to IV.
- the clinical stage is determined by results from physical examination and tests.
- the pathologic stage includes the findings of the pathologist after surgery. Most of the time, pathologic stage is the most important stage because usually the cancer isn't known to have spread to lymph nodes until the pathologist examines them under the microscope.
- T stands for the size of the cancer (measured in centimeters; 2.54 centimeters 1 inch); N stands for spread to lymph nodes in the area of the breast, and M is for metastasis (spread to distant organs of the body).
- the T category describes the original (primary) tumor.
- Tis Tis is used only for carcinoma in situ or noninvasive breast cancer such as ductal carcinoma in situ, (DCIS) or lobular carcinoma in situ (LCIS).
- Tl The cancer is 2 cm in diameter (about 3/4 inch) or smaller.
- T2 The cancer is more than 2 cm but not more than 5 cm in diameter.
- T3 The cancer is more than 5 cm in diameter.
- T4 The cancer is any size and has spread to the chest wall, the skin, or lymphatics.
- the N category is based on which of the lymph nodes near the breast, if any, are affected by the cancer.
- NO The cancer has not spread to lymph nodes.
- Nl The cancer has spread to lymph nodes under the arm on the same side as the breast cancer. Lymph nodes have not yet attached to one another or to the surrounding tissue.
- N2 The cancer has spread to lymph nodes under the arm on the same side as the breast cancer and are attached to one another or to the surrounding tissue or enlarged. Or, the cancer can be seen to have spread to the internal mammary lymph nodes (next to the sternum), but not to the lymph nodes under the arm.
- the cancer has spread to lymph nodes above or just below the collarbone on the same side as the cancer, and may or may not have spread to lymph nodes under the arm. Or, the cancer has spread to internal mammary lymph nodes and lymph nodes under the arm, both on the same side as the cancer.
- M categories The M category depends on whether the cancer has spread to any distant tissues and organs. M0: No distant cancer spread. Ml : Cancer has spread to distant organs.
- Clinical staging estimates how much cancer there is based on the results of the physical exam, imaging tests (x-rays, CT scans, etc.) and sometimes biopsies of affected areas. For certain cancers the results of other tests, such as blood tests, are also used in staging.
- Pathologic staging can only be done on patients who have had surgery to remove or explore the extent of the cancer. It combines the results of clinical staging (physical exam, imaging tests, etc.) with the results from the surgery. In some cases, the pathologic stage may be different from the clinical stage (for example, if the surgery shows the cancer is more extensive than it was previously thought to be). Restaging is sometimes used to determine the extent of the disease if a cancer recurs (comes back) after treatment.
- the methods and compositions of the present invention are used to treat patients with stage I breast cancer. In one embodiment, the methods and compositions of the present invention are used to treat patients with stage II breast cancer. In one embodiment, the methods and compositions of the present invention are used to treat patients with stage III breast cancer. In one embodiment, the methods and compositions of the present invention are used to treat patients with stage IV breast cancer, i.e. patients with metastatic cancer.
- the patient having breast cancer has already failed other treatment regimens such as chemotherapy.
- the methods and pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention may be used to prevent the development of a cancer, particularly in an individual at higher risk than average to develop such cancer than other individuals, or to treat a patient afflicted with breast cancer.
- any means of risk assessment is contemplated by the present invention as determining which subjects are at risk for breast cancer and can undergo treatment via the methods and compositions of the present invention.
- the invention contemplates treatment for individuals with a higher than average lifetime risk for breast cancer, the average being about one in eight women in the U.S.
- the invention provides methods treating asymptomatic patients who have a likelihood of benefiting from therapeutic treatment of breast cancer.
- the asymptomatic patients can comprise patients in any of the many high risk groups for breast cancer.
- the high risk groups can include e.g. patients with a family history of breast cancer, patients of increasing age (e.g., patients 40 years of age or older), menopausal patients, patients having at least one high risk parity factor (e.g. early start of menses, late onset of menopause, no pregnancies, or late-age pregnancy), patients having high risk gene status (e.g.
- risk factors are continually being defined and can include such considerations, as geographic location (e.g. where women living in a particular region have been found to have a higher incidence of breast cancer). Diet is also thought to play a role in breast cancer risk; specifically women who include more fat in their diet may be more likely to develop breast cancer (see Kniget et al. Cancer Epidemiol Biomarkers Prev 8(2): 123-8, 1999).
- the Gail model is a common means of determining risk for breast cancer, and was developed based on the Breast Cancer Detection Demonstration Project (see Gail, M. et al, J Natl Cancer Inst., 1989. 81 : p. 1879-86).
- the risk factors used in the Gail model are age, age at menarche, age at first live birth, number of previous breast biopsies, number of first-degree relatives with breast cancer. These risk factors are broadly consistent with those selected from other large population- based studies.
- a revised Gail model also incorporates race, presence of atypical hyperplasia on breast biopsy, and 1987 population rates of breast cancer and death from other causes.
- Claus model Another commonly used prediction model is the Claus model, based on the Cancer and Steroid Hormone Study (see Claus E. et al, Cancer, 1994. 73: 643- 51) and incorporates more extensive information about family history.
- the Claus model provides individual estimates of breast-cancer risk according to decade from 29-79 years of age. It takes into account factors such as the number of first-degree and number of second-degree relatives with breast cancer, as well as different combinations of different degree relatives with breast cancer.
- the invention also contemplates treatment for early stages of cancer, for recurrent cancer, and for those in remission from cancer.
- the present invention also encompasses treatment for subjects with markers for breast cancer, including, but not limited to having mutations or other alterations in the genes, BRCA1, BRCA2, P53, P65, ATM, or pS2, or a changed ratio of the expression of the genes HOXB13 and ILl 7BR, amplification of the AIBl/pCIP coactivator gene, overproduction of HER2 protein and/or gene, and alterations in levels of hormones, such as estrogen and progesterone, or their receptors.
- markers for breast cancer including, but not limited to having mutations or other alterations in the genes, BRCA1, BRCA2, P53, P65, ATM, or pS2, or a changed ratio of the expression of the genes HOXB13 and ILl 7BR, amplification of the AIBl/pCIP coactivator gene, overproduction of HER2 protein and/or gene, and alterations in levels of hormones, such as estrogen and progesterone, or their receptors.
- Markers can also include neoplastic ductal epithelial cells,
- transforming growth factor- ⁇ carcinoma embryonic antigen (CEA), prostate specific antigen (PSA), Erb B2 antigen, gross cystic disease fluid protein- 15 (GCDFP-15), lactose dehydrogenase (LDH), measured in the ductal epithelial cells.
- the marker is neoplastic ductal epithelial cells
- the cells can be at a stage including hyperplasia, atypical hyperplasia, low grade ductal carcinoma in situ (LG-DCIS), high grade ductal carcinoma in situ (HG-DCIS) or invasive carcinoma.
- the present invention encompasses providing the pharmaceutical compositions described herein to treat subjects with any of the described markers, and also to prevent the progression from DCIS and from atypical hyperplasia to breast cancer.
- compositions of the invention may be administered either prior to or following surgical removal of primary tumors and/or treatment such as
- Treatments for breast cancer are well known in the art and continue to be developed. Treatments include but are not limited to surgery, including axillary dissection, sentinel lymph node biopsy, reconstructive surgery, surgery to relieve symptoms of advanced cancer, lumpectomy (also called breast conservation therapy), partial (segmental) mastectomy, simple or total mastectomy, modified radical mastectomy, and radical mastectomy; immunotherapy, e.g.
- HerceptinTM an anti-HER2 humanized monoclonal antibody developed to block the HER2 receptor
- bone marrow transplantation peripheral blood stem cell therapy
- bisphosphonates additional chemotherapy agents
- radiation therapy acupressure
- acupuncture any combination of therapies may be used in conjunction with the present invention.
- the methods and compositions comprising the combination therapies described herein may also be used to reduce the proliferation of cancer cells, increase the death of cancer cells or, reduces the size of a tumor or spread of a tumor in a subject. It is contemplated by the present invention that the combination therapies described herein may reduce the size of a tumor or the spread of a tumor in a subject by at least 5%, preferably at least 10%, at least 15%, at least 20%>, at least 25%, at least 30%, at least 35%, at least 40%, at least 45%, at least 50%, at least 55%, at least 60%, at least 65%, at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95% or at least 99% relative to a control such as PBS.
- the combination therapies described herein may increase survival by 1 month, 2 months, 6 months, 1 year, 2 years, 3 years, 4 years, 5 years, 6 years, 7 years, 8 years, 9 years, 10 years, or more, it may render the subject disease-free, or it may prevent the progression from DCIS or atypical hyperplasia to breast cancer.
- Example 1 (Z)-Endoxifen phosphate ethyl carbamate ((Z)-ethyl methyl(2-(4-(2 -phenyl- 1 -(4-(phosphonooxy)phenyl)but- 1 - enyl)phenoxy)ethyl)carbamate)
- 4-Hydroxy -tamoxifen is dissolved in toluene or other suitable organic solvent. To this mixture is added an alkylating agent such as 4-nitrobenzyl iodide. This mixture may be heated. After starting material is completely consumed, volatile organics are removed to afford among other products the separable E and Z isomers of N-(4-nitrobenzyl)-4-hydroxy-tamoxifen iodide.
- an alkylating agent such as 4-nitrobenzyl iodide
- Example 6 Endoxifen-(6-N,N-dimethylamino)-l-hexyl carbonate t- butyl carbamate ((Z)-tert-butyl 2-(4-(l-(4-((6- (dimethylamino)hexyloxy)carbonyloxy)phenyl)-2-phenylbut- 1 - enyl)phenoxy)ethyl(methyl)carbamate)
- the mixture is then extracted with ethyl acetate or other suitable organic solvent.
- the combined organic extracts are then dried over a suitable desiccant (e.g. magnesium sulfate anh.).
- the mixture is then filtered and the organic solvent removed to furnish among other things N-Boc-endoxifen (6-N,N- dimethylamino)- 1 -hexyl carbonate.
- Example 8 Endoxifen phosphate ethyl carbamate ((E)-ethyl methyl(2-
- Example 10 Endoxifen valine ester t-butyl carbamate ((S,E)-4-(l -(4-
- Endoxifen is dissolved in dichloromethane or other suitable organic solvent. To this solution is added triethyl amine or other suitable base. This solution may be cooled. To this solution is added Boc-O-Boc. The mixture is stirred for 1-12 h, at which time the reaction is quenched by addition of aqueous sodium bicarbonate or other quenching reagent. The mixture is then washed with dilute HC1 (aq.). The mixture is then extracted with ethyl acetate or other suitable organic solvent. The combined organic extracts are then dried over a suitable desiccant (e.g. magnesium sulfate anh.). The mixture is then filtered and the organic solvent removed to furnish among other things N-Boc-endoxifen.
- aqueous sodium bicarbonate or other quenching reagent The mixture is then washed with dilute HC1 (aq.).
- the mixture is then extracted with ethyl acetate or other suitable organic solvent.
- [00171] B The product of the previous step is dissolved in dichloromethane or other suitable organic solvent. To this solution is added triethyl amine or other suitable base. This solution may be cooled. To this solution is added an activated form of N-Boc-valine (e.g. O-t-butyloxycarbonyl valine). The mixture is stirred for 1-12 h, at which time the reaction is quenched by addition of aqueous sodium bicarbonate or other quenching reagent. The mixture is then washed with dilute HC1 (aq.) The mixture is then extracted with ethyl acetate or other suitable organic solvent. The combined organic extracts are then dried over a suitable desiccant (e.g.
- Example 13 Endoxifen-(6-N,N-dimethylamino)-l-hexyl carbonate t- butyl carbamate ((E)-tert-butyl 2-(4-(l-(4-((6- (dimethylamino)hexyloxy)carbonyloxy)phenyl)-2-phenylbut- 1 - enyl)phenoxy)ethyl(methyl)carbamate)
- 6-(N,N-dimethylamino)-l-hexanol is dissolved in dichloromethane or other suitable organic solvent. To this solution may be added triethyl amine or other suitable base. This solution may be cooled. To this solution is added carbonyl diimidazole or other suitable phosgene equivalent or phosgene. The mixture is stirred for 1-12 h, at which time N-Boc-endoxifen (product of example 10, step A). The mixture is then stirred for 1-12 h. The reaction is quenched by addition of aqueous sodium bicarbonate or other quenching reagent. The mixture is then washed with dilute HC1 (aq.).
- the mixture is then extracted with ethyl acetate or other suitable organic solvent.
- the combined organic extracts are then dried over a suitable desiccant (e.g. magnesium sulfate anh.).
- the mixture is then filtered and the organic solvent removed to furnish among other things N-Boc-endoxifen (6-N,N- dimethylamino)- 1 -hexyl carbonate.
- Phenol 1 (0.041 moles) is dissolved in dry DMF (40 ml) at room temperature under N 2 .
- Imidazole (0.083 moles) is added followed by tert- butyldimethylsilyl chloride (0.0458 moles).
- the reaction is stirred for 2 hours, added to saturated sodium chloride solution (200 ml) and extracted with ethyl acetate (250 ml).
- the ethyl acetate layer can be separated, washed 3 times with NaCl solution (100 ml), separated, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered through a small pad of silica gel with the aid of ethyl acetate, and concentrated to give ketone 2 among other products.
- a TLC system of ethyl acetate/hexanes (3:7) can be used to follow the progress of the reaction.
- Ketone 2 (7.76 mmoles) is dissolved in dry THF (20 ml) at room temperature under N 2 .
- Anhydrous CeCl 3 (2.3g, 9.33 mmoles) is added and the suspension is stirred for 5 hours.
- 4-Bromophenol-p-methoxybenzyl ether (2.73g, 9.32 mmoles) is dissolved in dry THF (35 ml) in a separate flask and cooled to -78°C (forming a paste at this temperature) under N 2 .
- Adduct 3 (4.05 mmoles) is dissolved in ethanol (25 ml) at rt.
- PPTS PPTS
- Phenol 5 (3.87 mmoles) is dissolved in dry DMF (14 ml). The solution was cooled to 0°C under N 2 and NaH (0.193g, 4.82 mmoles) is added. After 30 minutes, bromoacetaldehyde diethyl acetal (0.80g, 4.06 mmoles) is added and the reaction mixture heated at 55°C for 20 hours. The reaction is cooled, added to saturated NaCl solution (50 ml), and extracted with ethyl acetate (75 ml). The organic layer is separated, washed 3 times with saturated NaCl solution (50 ml), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated. Purification by flash chromatography using ethyl acetate/hexanes gives ether 6 containing E and Z isomers among other products.
- Phenol 7 (4.18 mmoles) is dissolved in THF (18 ml) at room temperature. 3M HC1 (18 ml) is added. The reaction is heated at 50°C for 17 hours. After cooling, the reaction mixture is added to ethyl acetate (50 ml), the organic layer separated, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to give crude aldehyde 8 containing E and Z isomers among other products.
- Phenol 7 (1.02 mmoles) and dimethylaminopyridine (1.85 mmoles) are dissolved in dry dichloromethane (10 ml) and the solution is cooled to 0°C under N 2 .
- Pivaloyl chloride (0.2 lg, 1.73 mmoles) is added dropwise via syringe and the reaction is then allowed to warm to room temperature. After 6 hours, IN aqueous HCl is added and additional dichloromethane (50 ml) is added. The organic layer is separated, dried over Na 2 S0 4 , filtered, and concentrated. Purification by flash chromatography using ethyl acetate/hexanes gives ester 10 containing E and Z isomers among other products.
- Dimethyl acetal 10 (0.63 mmoles) is dissolved in 10 ml of THF at room temperature. 6 ml of 3N HC1 is added and the reaction mixture heated at 45- 50°C for 15 hours. After cooling, the mixture is added to water and ethyl acetate (1 : 1, 50 ml). The organic layer is separated, dried over Na 2 S0 4 , filtered, and concentrated to give crude aldehyde 11 containing E and Z isomers among other products.
- Aldehyde 11 (0.52 mmoles) is dissolved in dry THF (10 ml) at rt.
- Carbamate 13 (0.13 mmoles) is dissolved in 4 ml of dry THF. The solution is cooled to 0°C under N 2 . L1AIH 4 (0.026g, 0.70 mmoles) is added. The reaction mixture is stirred for 30 minutes and then water (39 ⁇ ) added. The mixture is filtered through celite with the aid of THF (15 ml) and ethyl acetate (15 ml). The filtrate is dried over MgS0 4 , filtered, and concentrated to give 14.
- Phenol 14 is dried prior to reaction by treatment with 3 x 10 ml of dry acetonitrile followed by rotary evaporation.
- the phenol 14 (0.087 mmoles) is then dissolved in dry acetonitrile (1.5 ml) and is then cooled to -10°C under N 2 .
- CC1 4 (0.068g, 0.44 mmoles) is added and the suspension stirred for 10 minutes.
- Hunig's base 0.024g, 0.18 mmoles
- ⁇ , ⁇ -dimethylaminopyridine (1 mg
- dibenzyl phosphate (0.034g, 0.12 mmoles) is added.
- Phosphate 15 (0.052 mmoles) is dissolved in 20 ml of ethanol. Pd on carbon (10%, 30 mg) is added. The mixture is hydrogenated at rt and 40 psi for 5 hours. The catalyst is removed by filtration through celite and the filtrate concentrated to give 16.
- Aldehyde 11 (0.52 mmoles) is dissolved in dry THF (10 ml) at rt.
- Compound 9 (from Example 21 or from Example 30 or from any other source) is dried prior to reaction by treatment with 3 x 10 ml of dry acetonitrile followed by rotary evaporation.
- the phenol 9 (0.087 mmoles) is then dissolved in dry acetonitrile (1.5 ml) and is then cooled to -10°C under N 2 .
- CC1 4 (0.068g, 0.44 mmoles) is added and the suspension stirred for 10 minutes.
- Hunig's base 0.024g, 0.18 mmoles
- N,N-dimethylaminopyridine (1 mg) are added.
- dibenzyl phosphate (0.034g, 0.12 mmoles) is added.
- Example 32 Compound 20.
- Phosphate 19 (0.052 mmoles) is dissolved in 20 ml of ethanol. Pd on carbon (10%, 30 mg) is added. The mixture is hydrogenated at rt and 40 psi for 5 hours. The catalyst is removed by filtration through celite and the filtrate concentrated to give 20.
- 6-(N,N-dimethylamino)-l-hexanol is dissolved in dichloromethane or other suitable organic solvent. To this solution may be added triethyl amine or other suitable base. This solution may be cooled. To this solution is added carbonyl diimidazole or other suitable phosgene equivalent or phosgene. The mixture is stirred for 1-12 h, at which time N-Boc-N-desmethyl-4-hydroxytoremifene is added. The mixture is then stirred for 1-12 h. The reaction is quenched by addition of aqueous sodium bicarbonate or other quenching reagent. The mixture is then washed with dilute HC1 (aq.).
- the mixture is then extracted with ethyl acetate or other suitable organic solvent.
- the combined organic extracts are then dried over a suitable desiccant (e.g. magnesium sulfate anh.).
- the mixture is then filtered and the organic solvent removed to furnish among other things compound 27.
- 6-(N,N-dimethylamino)-l-hexanol is dissolved in dichloromethane or other suitable organic solvent. To this solution may be added triethyl amine or other suitable base. This solution may be cooled. To this solution is added carbonyl diimidazole or other suitable phosgene equivalent or phosgene. The mixture is stirred for 1-12 h, at which time 4-hydroxytoremifene is added. The mixture is then stirred for 1-12 h. The reaction is quenched by addition of aqueous sodium bicarbonate or other quenching reagent. The mixture is then washed with dilute HC1 (aq.).
- the mixture is then extracted with ethyl acetate or other suitable organic solvent.
- the combined organic extracts are then dried over a suitable desiccant (e.g. magnesium sulfate anh.).
- the mixture is then filtered and the organic solvent removed to furnish among other things compound 29.
Landscapes
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Biochemistry (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Molecular Biology (AREA)
- Acyclic And Carbocyclic Compounds In Medicinal Compositions (AREA)
- Medicines That Contain Protein Lipid Enzymes And Other Medicines (AREA)
Abstract
The present invention is directed to compounds, compositions thereof, and the use of the compounds and compositions for the treatment and prevention of breast cancer. In one embodiment, the present invention relates to the use of a prodrug of endoxifen or 4-hydroxytoremifene or a related compound for the treatment of breast cancer in mono-therapy or in combination therapy, or for a reduction in the recurrence rate of previously-treated breast cancer.
Description
USE OF A 4-HYDROXYTOREMIFENE PRODRUG FOR TREATMENT
OF BREAST CANCER
1. FIELD OF THE INVENTION
[0001] The present invention is directed to compounds, compositions thereof, and the use of the compounds and compositions for the treatment and prevention of breast cancer. In one embodiment, the present invention relates to the use of a prodrug of 4-hydroxytoremifene or a related compound for the treatment of breast cancer in mono-therapy or in combination therapy, or for a reduction in the recurrence rate of previously-treated breast cancer. In an alternative embodiment, intermediates are presented for the synthesis of compounds and compositions for the treatment and prevention of breast cancer.
2. BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
[0002] Among women in the U.S., breast cancer is the most common cancer and the second-most common cause of cancer death. Estrogen Receptor (ER)-positive breast cancer is treated with agents designed to block the pro-proliferative action of the estrogen receptor. One such agent is the antiestrogen tamoxifen. Other agents have been reported, including endoxifen, 4-hydroxytoremifene, and 4-iodotamoxifen. See for example, U.S. Patent 4,839,155, herein incorporated by reference.
[0003] Tamoxifen itself binds very poorly to the ER. However, when activated by metabolic action, tamoxifen gives rise to derivatives that bind very tightly to the ER and put it in an inactive state that prevents it from modulating transcription of pro-proliferative genes. The tamoxifen is activated to inhibit ER action by metabolizing enzymes that convert the tamoxifen to 4-hydroxy tamoxifen (4-OHT) or to 4-hydroxy N-desmethyl tamoxifen (also known as endoxifen). These later compounds bind with high affinity to the ER, with binding constants roughly equal to that of estradiol. See Jordan, V.C., "New insights into the metabolism of
tamoxifen and its role in the treatment and prevention of breast cancer," Steroids, vol. 72, issue 13, pp. 829-842, November 2007.
[0004] Some women have defects in the activating enzymes of tamoxifen metabolism, especially the cytochrome p450 enzyme Cyp2D6, resulting in lowered levels of active tamoxifen metabolites in their circulation. See Lim, H.-S. et al., "Clinical Implications of CYP2D6 Genotypes Predictive of Tamoxifen
Pharmacokinetics in Metastatic Breast Cancer," Journal of Clinical Oncology, vol. 25, no. 25, pp. 3837-3845, September 1, 2007; Schroth, W. et al, "Breast Cancer
Treatment Outcome With Adjuvant Tamoxifen Relative to Patient CYP2D6 and CYP2C19 Genotypes," Journal of Clinical Oncology, vol. 25, no. 33, pp. 5187-5193, November 20, 2007; and Kiyotani, K. et al., "Impact of CYP2D6* 10 on recurrence- free survival in breast cancer patients receiving adjuvant tamoxifen therapy," Cancer Science, Online Early Articles, pp. 1-5, published online February 24, 2008. Women with such defects have a poorer response to tamoxifen therapy and reduced tumor- free survival. In contrast, women with super-fast metabolism of tamoxifen and increased endoxifen levels have a superior clinical response to tamoxifen. See Schroth, W. et al., "Breast Cancer Treatment Outcome With Adjuvant Tamoxifen Relative to Patient CYP2D6 and CYP2C19 Genotypes," Journal of Clinical Oncology, vol. 25, no. 33, pp. 5187-5193, November 20, 2007. In addition to these genetic factors, it is also known that certain drugs, especially selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors (SSRIs) such as PAXIL®, also interfere with Cyp2d6 activity including the conversion of tamoxifen to active metabolites (discussed in Jordan, V.C., "New insights into the metabolism of tamoxifen and its role in the treatment and prevention of breast cancer," Steroids, vol. 72, issue 13, pp. 829-842, November 2007).
[0005] The activity of tamoxifen, 4-hydroxytamoxifen, and endoxifen are affected by their rates of processing in the body. Endoxifen and 4-hydroxytamoxifen have hydroxy groups that are reported to be substrates for O-glucuronidation by two UGTs: 1A8 and 1A10. See Sun, D. et al, "Glucuronidation of Active Tamoxifen Metabolites by the Human UDP Glucuronosyltransferases," Drug Metabolism and Disposition, vol. 35, no. 11, pp. 2006-2014, November 2007. These enzymes are present in both the gut and liver as well as other extrahepatic tissues and may possibly inactivate endoxifen by O-linked glucuronidation at the hydroxyl group. For example,
it has been reported that glucuronated endoxifen can no longer bind to the ER (Zheng, Y. et al., "Elimination of Antiestrogenic Effects of Active Tamoxifen Metabolites by Glucuronidation," Drug Metabolism and Disposition, vol. 35, no. 10, pp. 1942-1948, October 2007). Thus, the current treatment of breast cancer with tamoxifen has an uneven effect on different patients due in part to variations in the manner in which patients metabolize tamoxifen or its metabolite endoxifen.
3. SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
[0006] To overcome these and other problems with breast cancer therapy, the present invention is directed to a prodrug of 4-hydroxytoremifene or related compounds with improved clinical outcome. Compounds according to the invention may result in improved outcomes for patients non-responsive to tamoxifen therapy due to the cytochrome p450 enzyme Cyp2D6. Compounds according to the invention may have improved bioavailability in that they are no longer substrates for UGTs in the gut, or may be more readily absorbed than tamoxifen or endoxifen. Prodrugs according to the invention may include, for example, 4-hydroxytoremifene phosphate in which the hydroxyl moiety is modified to a phosphate, where the phosphate may lead to more efficient absorption when it is converted to active metabolite at high concentration at the apical cell surface. These and other advantages are more fully described below.
[0007] The present invention is directed to compounds, compositions thereof, and the use of the compounds and compositions for the treatment and prevention of breast cancer. Compounds according to the invention may be considered prodrugs of endoxifen or 4-hydroxytoremifene and related compounds. The compounds may be used for the treatment of breast cancer, or for a reduction in the recurrence rate or severity of previously-treated breast cancer. In an alternative embodiment, intermediate compounds according to the invention are used for the synthesis of an anti-cancer agent.
[0008] In one embodiment, the compounds according to the invention are compounds of the following formula I:
and pharmaceutically-acceptable salts thereof, where X is O or S; Ri may be H, lower alkyl, cyclic alkyl (by replacing the methyl group on the nitrogen or by creating a quaternary ammonium), or a prodrug moiety, and where R2 may be H or a prodrug moiety, with the understanding that at least one of Ri and R2 is a prodrug moiety. Known compounds 4-hydroxy-tamoxifen and endoxifen are not encompassed within compounds according to the invention. While the compound of Formula I is drawn with a specific orientation around the double bond, both E and Z configurations around the double bond are encompassed by the invention, for example, as represented b Formula la:
where the wavy bond indicates unspecified stereochemistry for the ethyl and phenyl substituents, such that the structure has either an E or Z configuration around the double bond.
[0009] In one embodiment, the compounds according to the invention are compounds of the following formula:
and pharmaceutically-acceptable salts thereof, where X is O, and Ri may be H or CH3. where the wavy bond indicates unspecified stereochemistry for the ethyl and phenyl substituents, such that the structure has either an E or Z configuration around the double bond. Such compounds may be referred to as O-Pro-Endoxifens, when Ri is H. In one embodiment, the compound according to the invention has the following formula:
[0010] In one embodiment, the compounds according to the invention are compounds of the following formula:
and pharmaceutically-acceptable salts thereof, where X is O, and Ri may be H or CH3. In one embodiment, the compound according to the invention has the following formula:
[0011] In one embodiment, the compounds according to the invention are compounds of the following formula:
and pharmaceutically-acceptable salts thereof, where R2 is an H, where the wavy bond indicates unspecified stereochemistry for the ethyl and phenyl substituents, such that the structure has either an E or Z configuration around the double bond. Such compounds may be referred to as N-Pro-Endoxifens.
[0012] In one embodiment, the compounds according to the invention are compounds of the following formula:
[0013] In one embodiment, the compounds according to the invention are compounds of the following formula:
and pharmaceutically-acceptable salts thereof, where the wavy bond indicates unspecified stereochemistry for the ethyl and phenyl substituents, such that the structure has either an E or Z configuration around the double bond. Such compounds may be referred to as N,0-di-Pro-Endoxifens.
[0014] In one embodiment, the compounds according to the invention are compounds of the following formula:
[0015] In an alternate embodiment, the compounds according to the invention are compounds of the following formula II:
and pharmaceutically-acceptable salts thereof, where X is O or S; Ri may be H, lower alkyl, cyclic alkyl (by replacing the methyl group on the nitrogen or by creating a quaternary ammonium), or a prodrug moiety, and where R2 may be H or a prodrug moiety, with the understanding that at least one of Ri and R2 is a prodrug moiety. While the compound of Formula II is drawn with a specific orientation around the double bond, both E and Z configurations around the double bond are encompassed by the invention for example, as represented by Formula Ila:
where the wavy bond indicates unspecified stereochemistry for the ethyl and phenyl substituents, such that the structure has either an E or Z configuration around the double bond.
[0016] In one embodiment, the compound according to the invention is a compound of the following formula:
[0017] In an alternate embodiment, the compounds according to the invention are compounds of the following formula III:
and pharmaceutically-acceptable salts thereof, where Ri may be H, lower alkyl, cyclic alkyl (by replacing the methyl group on the nitrogen or by creating a quaternary ammonium), or a prodrug moiety, and where Z is selected from fluoro or chloro, and the wavy line indicates that the configuration around the double bond may be either E or Z.
[0018] In one embodiment, the compounds according to the invention are compounds of the following formula:
[0019] In one embodiment, the compounds according to the invention are compounds of the following formula:
[0020] In one embodiment, compounds according to the above formulas are capable of being metabolized in vivo to endoxifen or 4-hydroxytoremifene in one or more steps. Those compounds which are metabolized in vivo to endoxifen or 4- hydroxytoremifene may be referred to as prodrugs. For example, the compounds may be metabolized through a pathway that does not involve liver enzymes, or does not specifically involve Cyp2D6, such as hydrolysis in the stomach. In one embodiment, the compounds are resistant to glucuronidation at either the O- or N-position.
Alternatively, the compounds according to the invention may have improved bioavailability by virtue of improved oral adsorption compared to endoxifen or 4- hydroxytoremifene or related compounds. Alternatively, the compounds according to the invention may be more resistant to metabolic breakdown compared to endoxifen.
[0021] In one embodiment, the invention encompasses methods of making compounds according to the above formulas. In another aspect, the invention includes compositions comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and a compound according to the above formula. Such compositions may be pharmaceutical formulations themselves, or may be formulated with additional ingredients at a later time prior to administration to yield the actual pharmaceutical formulation.
Compositions comprising mixtures of E/Z isomers are also envisioned. Such mixtures may be equimolar or enriched in either the E or the Z isomer. Compositions according to the invention may have a physical form of the compound selected from the group consisting of an anhydrous form, a single crystalline form, a mixture of polymorphic forms, a hydrated form, and mixtures thereof. Alternatively, the invention
encompasses methods of making a medicament comprising the addition of a compound according to the above formula to a pharmaceutically-acceptable carrier. The present invention also provides pharmaceutical compositions comprising or consisting essentially of the compounds described herein, as well as kits comprising the compositions and combinations thereof.
[0022] In one embodiment, the invention encompasses methods of treating breast cancer, or of reducing the rate or severity of recurrence of breast cancer in previously-treated breast cancer patients. Treating includes management of, amelioration of symptoms of, and slowing the progression of the condition. Methods according to the invention comprise administering to a patient in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of the compound as an active agent. In one embodiment, the breast cancer is estrogen receptor (ER) positive. Treatment may be directed to those patients that will benefit the most from a compound according to the invention as an alternative to tamoxifen. For example, treatment may be directed at human females who are resistant or non-responsive to tamoxifen treatment. Non- responsiveness may be found empirically through dosage with tamoxifen, or it may be inferred through genetic, enzymatic, or other assay of samples from the patient.
Alternatively, non-responsiveness to tamoxifen may be a transient or induced condition. For example, non-responsiveness to tamoxifen may be due to
administration of one or more drugs for a condition other than breast cancer, such as SSRIs or monoamine oxidase inhibitors used in psychiatric or other types of patients.
Non-responsiveness to tamoxifen may be due to inability to convert tamoxifen to endoxifen in vivo, or may be due to resistance by overexpression of HER2/neu by the cancer cells, or due to some other mechanism. In some embodiments, the subject has previously undergone treatment, and in some cases, the previous therapy has failed. In some embodiments, the subject is in remission. In some embodiments, the subject is post-menopausal. In some embodiments, the subject is at risk for breast cancer.
Subjects are mammalian, and preferably are human, and more preferably are human females. In one embodiment, treatment is for patients that are non-responsive to tamoxifen, wherein non-responsiveness may be determined by a method selected from the group consisting of liver enzyme assay, genotyping Cyp2D6 for one or more copies of a partly or completely defective allele, for example the * 10 allele, detecting the presence, absence, or levels of endoxifen in biological fluids, determining if the patient is taking drugs that interfere with tamoxifen metabolism, and combinations thereof.
[0023] In some embodiments, the breast cancer to be treated is ER positive. In some embodiments, the breast cancer is tamoxifen resistant or overexpresses
Her2/Neu. In some embodiments, the breast cancer is recurring. In some
embodiments, the breast cancer progression rate from ductal carcinoma in situ (DCIS) or atypical hyperplasia is reduced or delayed. The compounds may be used for the treatment of breast cancer, or for a reduction in the recurrence rate or severity of previously-treated breast cancer.
[0024] In one embodiment, the compound is administered as mono-therapy, where the compound according to the invention is the only agent active against breast cancer. In one embodiment, the monotherapeutically effective amount of compound according to the invention is bioequivalent to oral tamoxifen of 5-80 mg per day.
[0025] In one embodiment, the invention encompasses methods of treating breast cancer using a combination of two or more drugs. In combinations, each drug may be active individually against the breast cancer, or one or more drugs may be active against the breast cancer, and one or more additional drugs may serve to improve the efficacy of the active drug(s) by reducing side effects, increasing potency of the active drug(s), or some other mechanism. With regard to combination therapy,
the two or more compounds (e.g., two, three, four, five, or more compounds) may be administered in combination, e.g., in the same formulation, or may be administered in separate formulations at the same or at different times. Pharmaceutical formulations of all combinations listed herein are also contemplated.
[0026] In one embodiment, compounds according to the invention are used in combination therapy with HDAC inhibitors such as valproic acid, trichostatin A, or SAHA; and/or IGF receptor inhibitors such as EGCG; and/or mTOR inhibitors such as rapamycin and/or sulforaphane; an EGFR inhibitor; and/or tamoxifen and related compounds; other chemotherapeutic agent, biologic, radiation therapy, or other agents and procedures useful in the treatment of cancer; and combinations thereof. In one embodiment, formula I, a HDAC inhibitor, and an IGF receptor inhibitor are administered. In another embodiment, the IGF receptor inhibitor is EGCG. In another embodiment, sulforaphane is also administered. In another embodiment, the breast cancer is ER positive.
[0027] In certain of the embodiments, the IGF-1R inhibitor can be
picropodophyllin (see, e.g., Girnita, A. et al, Cancer Res., 2004. 64(1): 236-242) or the green tea polyphenol, EGCG (see, e.g., Shimizu, M. et al, Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun., 2005. 334(3): 947-953; Li, M. et al, Cancer Epidemiol. Biomarkers Prev., 2007. 16(3): 598-605. An EGFR inhibitor may be gefitinib, and the mTOR inhibitor may be rapamycin or rapamycin derivatives (see, e.g., Johnston, S.R., Clin. Cancer Res., 2006. 12(3 Pt. 2): 1061-1069s). The skilled practitioner will be able to use a variety of IGF-1R, EGFR, and mTOR inhibitors in the invention, to provide therapeutically effective combinations.
[0028] Embodiments of the above combinations include administering formulas I or II, EGCG, and sulforaphane; formulas I or II, rapamycin, and sulforaphane; and formulas I or II, EGCG, rapamycin, and sulforaphane.
Sulforaphane may be administered at 01. -10 micromolar, 0.5-5 micromolar, 0.5-2 micromolar, or about 1 micromolar amounts. Additional embodiments include administering formulas I or II and valproic acid; formulas I or II, valproic acid, and EGCG; formulas I or II, valproic acid, and rapamycin; and formulas I or II, valproic acid, EGCG, and rapamycin. Embodiments of the above combinations include
administering formulas I or II and trichostatin A; formulas I or II, trichostatin A, and EGCG; formulas I or II, trichostatin A, and rapamycin; and formulas I or II, trichostatin A, EGCG, and rapamycin. Embodiments of the above combinations include administering formulas I or II and EGCG; formulas I or II and rapamycin; and formulas I or II, EGCG, and rapamycin.
[0029] When combinations are administered, dosages may be adjusted accordingly. In one embodiment, the daily dose of valproic acid is from about 15/mg/kg to about 60 mg/kg. In one embodiment, the daily dose of valproic acid is sufficient to achieve about 300 to about 867 micromolar in patient serum. In another embodiment, the daily dose of valproic acid is sufficient to achieve about 300 to about 1000 micromolar in patient serum, and in another embodiment, the daily dose of valproic acid is sufficient to achieve about 500 to about 1000 micromolar in patient serum. In some embodiments, the dose of SAHA is from about 200 mg/day to about 600 mg/day. In another embodiment, the dose of SAHA is about 400 mg/day. In one embodiment, the dose of EGCG is from about 300 mg/day to about 800 mg/day. In one embodiment, the dose of rapamycin is from about 0.125 mg/day to about 1 mg/day. In one embodiment, the dose of gefitinib is from about 200 mg/day to about 300 mg/day. In another embodiment, the dose of gefitinib is about 250 mg/day. In one embodiment, the dose of erlotinib is from about 100 mg/day to about 150 mg/day. In some embodiments, compounds are administered in combination, with ratios of those compounds which preserve the recommended daily doses of the compounds. In some embodiments, compounds are administered in combination, with ratios of those compounds which preserve the ranges of doses as described herein.
[0030] In another aspect, the invention provides a method of treating, reducing the recurrence rate, or reducing the severity of recurrence of breast cancer, the method comprising the step of administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound according to the invention and a compound selected from the group consisting of a HDAC inhibitor or an IGF receptor inhibitor. In another aspect, the invention provides a method of treating, reducing the recurrence rate, or reducing the severity of recurrence of breast cancer, the method comprising the step of
administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound according to the invention and valproic acid. In another aspect, the invention provides a method of
treating, reducing the recurrence rate, or reducing the severity of recurrence of breast cancer, the method comprising the step of administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound according to the invention and sulforaphane.
[0031] In another aspect, the invention provides a method of treating, reducing the recurrence rate, or reducing the severity of recurrence of breast cancer, without attendant increase in risk of uterine cancer, the method comprising the step of administering a therapeutically effective amount of compound according to the invention with an HDAC inhibitor. In one embodiment, the HDAC inhibitor is VP A, TSA, sulforaphane, or SAHA. In another aspect, the invention provides a method of treating, reducing the recurrence rate, or reducing the severity of recurrence of breast cancer, without attendant increase in risk of uterine cancer, the method comprising the step of administering a therapeutically effective amount of compound according to the invention with an HDAC inhibitor, wherein the compound according to the invention has an estrogen-like effect on the uterus. Attendant risk of uterine cancer refers to reducing or eliminating the risk of uterine cancer that typically exists with anti- estrogen therapy alone. In some embodiments, this risk is reduced by 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95%, or it is virtually or wholly eliminated. Prevention of breast cancer is also envisioned.
[0032] In one embodiment, the compound according to the invention is administered as part of a hormonal therapy. For example, hormonal therapy may be an antiestrogen therapy or aromatase inhibitor therapy. The hormonal therapy can also be estrogen ablation therapy, including an aromatase inhibitor. According to the invention, the aromatase inhibitor can be, but is not limited to, exemestane, letrozole, or anastrozole. In one embodiment, the dose of letrozole is from about 1 mg/day to about 5 mg/day. In another embodiment, the dose of letrozole is about 2.5 mg/day. In one embodiment, the dose of exemestane is from about 10 mg/day to about 40 mg/day. In another embodiment, the dose of exemestane is about 25 mg/day. In yet another embodiment, the dose of anastrozole is from about 0.5 mg/day to about 3 mg/day. In another embodiment, the dose of anastrozole is about 1 mg/day.
[0033] In one embodiment, the compound according to the invention is administered in combination with 4-hydroxytamoxifen or a prodrug of 4-
hydroxytamoxifen. In one aspect, combinations of the compound according to the invention and 4-hydroxytamoxifen (or prodrug thereof) are administered to those patients that are non-responsive to tamoxifen, and the administered ratio of compound according to the invention and 4-hydroxytamoxifen or 4-hydroxytamoxifen prodrug (which may also be a compound according to the invention) results in in vivo levels of endoxifen or 4-hydroxytoremifene and 4-hydroxytamoxifen that mimic the levels of endoxifen and 4-hydroxytamoxifen following administration of tamoxifen to responsive patients. The in vivo levels may correlate with serum levels or may be measured at the site of action, or by other manner, such as by plural effusion. In one embodiment, the ratio of compound according to the invention to 4-hydroxytamoxifen or prodrug thereof is the bioequivalent of from about 0.5 to about 10 times endoxifen to 4-hydroxytamoxifen. In one embodiment, levels of endoxifen are about 4 times the level of 4-hydroxytamoxifen up to endoxifen levels of about 6 times the level of 4- hydroxytamoxifen. Bioequivalence may be determined by assay of serum levels, or by levels in plural effusion, among other methods of determining bioequivalence. Prevention of breasts cancer is also envisioned.
[0034] In some embodiments, the present invention encompasses methods and compositions for reducing the incidence of breast cancer or delaying the progression of pre-cancerous conditions, including in subjects who are at risk for breast cancer that is greater than the average risk for breast cancer. Risk factors considered in preventing breast cancer in subjects include family history of breast cancer (relatives with breast cancer), genetic markers for breast cancer such as BRCA1 and BRCA2, age at menarche, age at first live birth, the number of breast biopsies, presence of atypical hyperplasia on breast biopsy, population rates of breast cancer and death from other causes. The present invention also provides methods and compositions for reducing the rate of progression of breast cancer to a later stage for those who already have breast cancer or precancerous indicators, as well as reducing the rate and/or severity of the recurrence of breast cancer for those in remission from breast cancer.
[0035] In some embodiments, the invention contemplates methods of delaying the progression of DCIS to breast cancer, and methods of delaying the progression of atypical hyperplasia to breast cancer. In some preferred embodiments, the invention encompasses treating estrogen receptor positive breast cancer. In yet another
embodiment, the present invention encompasses treating DCIS and, in another embodiment, the present invention encompasses treating atypical hyperplasia.
[0036] The present invention further contemplates that the combination therapies as described herein can also reduce or eliminate other side effects of treatment, at least in part because lower doses of compounds can be used in treatment or prevention protocols.
[0037] It is within the scope of the invention to treat breast cancer that is tamoxifen resistant, as well as to treat breast cancer that overexpresses Her2/Neu. The invention also contemplates treating subjects with breast cancer for whom previous therapy has failed, or for whom the cancer is recurring. In some
embodiments of the invention, the invention is to treat subjects with breast cancer who are post-menopausal, and in some embodiments, the invention contemplates treating subjects who are genetically predisposed to breast cancer or otherwise at increased risk. The invention also encompasses methods of treating subjects to prevent progression of breast cancer, and in some embodiments, the invention encompasses treating or preventing breast cancer in patients with pre-cancerous growths or benign tumors. It is within the scope of the invention to treat subjects that are in remission from breast cancer, and to treat subjects with breast cancer that have previously undergone treatment.
[0038] In one embodiment, intermediates are presented for the synthesis of compounds and compositions for the treatment and prevention of breast cancer. The intermediates may be immediate precursors of the compounds to be administered to the patient, or the intermediates may require two or more synthetic steps to be converted into a compound to be administered to a patient.
4. BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE FIGURES
[0039] FIG. 1 shows the chemical structures for tamoxifen, 4-hydroxy- tamoxifen, endoxifen, and 4-hydroxytoremifene.
[0040] FIG. 2 shows a proposed synthetic scheme for endoxifen phosphate.
[0041] FIG. 3 shows additional synthetic options for access to O-Pro- endoxifens.
[0042] FIG. 4 shows a direct activation of the phenol-OH.
[0043] FIG. 5 shows a route to O-Pro-endoxifen via a protected amine.
[0044] FIG. 6 shows additional options for access to O-Pro-endoxifens.
[0045] FIG. 7 shows additional classes of phenol prodrugs.
[0046] FIG. 8 shows proposed synthetic options for access to N-Pro- endoxifens.
[0047] FIG. 9 shows a synthetic scheme for 4-hydroxytoremifene via an aldehyde precursor. The -OR groups form an acetal, and may be, for example, -OMe or -OEt.
[0048] FIG. 10 shows a synthetic scheme of a pivalate ester and a phosphate prodrug via a common precursor. The -OR groups form an acetal, and may be, for example, -OMe or -OEt.
[0049] FIG. 11 shows a synthetic scheme of a pivalate ester and a phosphate prodrug via a common precursor. The -OR groups form an acetal, and may be, for example, -OMe or -OEt.
5. DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
[0050] While not wishing to be bound by theory, it is believed that the compounds, compositions, and methods of the instant invention overcome the deficiencies of the prior art with regard to non-responsiveness to tamoxifen. Again, while not wishing to be bound by theory, it is believed that non-responsiveness in some cases may be due to lack of the proper enzymatic machinery for the in vivo conversion of tamoxifen into endoxifen, and/or the poor bioavailability of endoxifen resulting from possible glucuronidation. These and other problems can be overcome by appropriate chemical modification and/or de novo synthesis of endoxifen-related or 4-hydroxytoremifene prodrugs. In a preferred example, a phosphate group is attached at the 4-hydroxy position of endoxifen or 4-hydroxytoremifene. While not wishing to be bound by theory, it is believed that this modification and other modifications can lead to improved clinical outcomes for breast cancer patients.
5.1 Definitions
[0051] As used herein, the term "prodrug" means a compound with a temporary modification of a functional group of a drug in order to improve the pharmaceutical utility of the drug. Prodrug may refer to the entire compound, or it may refer to the chemical modification, in the context of a prodrug moiety being the chemical modification. In some embodiments, the functional group of the drug is a handle for the introduction of a moiety that confers on the new entity some desirable characteristic. In other embodiments, the prodrug moiety is intimately connected with the pharmaceutical deficiency of the parent drug, and the presence of the prodrug moiety directly addresses the deficiency. In some embodiments, prodrugs rely on in vivo enzymatic activation for conversion to active form of the drug for example by cleavage of the prodrug moiety by an enzyme. In other embodiments, prodrugs rely on physiological chemical conditions for release of the drug, for example through a change in pH. The benefits of a prodrug are not limited to improved in vivo benefits compared to the parent drug, but may also include improved processing or storage characteristics or economic considerations prior to administration to the patient.
[0052] As used herein, the term "cancer" refers to a disease involving cells that have the potential to metastasize to distal sites and exhibit phenotypic traits that differ from those of non-cancer cells. Cancer cells acquire a characteristic set of functional capabilities during their development, albeit through various mechanisms. Such capabilities include evading apoptosis, self-sufficiency in growth signals, insensitivity to anti-growth signals, tissue invasion/metastasis, limitless replicative potential, and sustained angiogenesis. The term "cancer cell" is meant to encompass both pre-malignant and malignant cancer cells.
[0053] "Estrogen receptor positive breast cancer" refers to breast cancers that are in the positive or intermediate range for the estrogen receptor protein. For example, when estrogen receptor protein can be measured as femtomoles per milligram of cytosol protein. In this assay, values above 10 are positive, values from 3 to 10 are intermediate, and values less than 3 are negative. Other assays known in the art can be used to determined if the breast cancer is estrogen receptor positive, in
particular assays based on antibodies to estrogen receptors alpha and beta and their use in biochemical or histological assays.
[0054] The terms "histone deacetylase inhibitor" and "inhibitor of histone deacetylase" mean a compound which is capable of interacting with a histone deacetylase and inhibiting its enzymatic activity, abbreviated as HDAC inhibitors. "Inhibiting histone deacetylase enzymatic activity" means reducing the ability of a histone deacetylase to remove an acetyl group from a histone. (see, e.g., Minucci et al, Nature 6:38-51 (2006). In some preferred embodiments, such reduction of histone deacetylase activity is at least about 50%, more preferably at least about 75%, and still more preferably at least about 90%. In other preferred embodiments, histone deacetylase activity is reduced by at least 95% and more preferably by at least 99%. Assays for determining inhibition are described in Phiel, C.J., et al., J Biol Chem., 2001. 276(39): p. 36734-41 and Gottlicher, M., et al, Embo J., 2001. 20(24): p. 6969- 78.
[0055] Preferably, such inhibition is specific, i.e., the histone deacetylase inhibitor reduces the ability of a histone deacetylase to remove an acetyl group from a histone at a concentration that is lower than the concentration of the inhibitor that is required to produce another, unrelated biological effect. Preferably, the concentration of the inhibitor required for histone deacetylase inhibitory activity is at least 2-fold lower, more preferably at least 5-fold lower, even more preferably at least 10-fold lower, and most preferably at least 20-fold lower than the concentration required to produce an unrelated biological effect.
[0056] As used herein, the term "active ingredient" includes having a therapeutic or prophylactic effect on breast cancer in the combinations. This does not include inactive ingredients such as pharmaceutical carriers, excipients, and the like.
[0057] "Mammalian target of rapamycin protein inhibitor" or "mTOR inhibitor" includes drugs such as rapamycin, temsirolimus, and everolimus that selectively inhibit the mammalian target of rapamycin (mTOR).
[0058] "IGF-1 receptor inhibitor" refers to drugs such as picropodophyllin and podophyllotoxin that selectively inhibit the IGF-1 receptor.
[0059] "EGF receptor inhibitor" of "EGFR inhibitor" refers to drugs such as gefitinib and erlotinib that selectively inhibit the EGF receptor.
[0060] "Insufficient to fully prevent production of estrogen" refers to the inability of an aromatase inhibitor to fully prevent a tumor cell from converting an estrogen precursor into a functional estrogen that can stimulate tumor proliferation.
[0061] "Less than estrogen receptor-saturating amounts" refers to amounts of fulvestrant less than 100 fold molar excess to the amounts of estradiol or less than 10 nanomolar in patient circulation.
[0062] "Hormonal therapy" refers to drugs or treatments that block the effect of, or reduce the levels of hormones, and in particular which block the effect of estrogen or lower estrogen levels, including anti-estrogen therapy and estrogen ablation therapy.
[0063] As used herein, the terms "prevent," "preventing" and "prevention" refer to the prevention of the recurrence, worsening, or spread of a disease in a subject resulting from the administration of a prophylactic or therapeutic agent.
[0064] The terms "overexpress," "overexpression" or "overexpressed" interchangeably refer to a protein or nucleic acid (RNA) that is translated or transcribed at a detectably greater level, usually in a cancer cell, in comparison to a normal cell. The term includes overexpression due to transcription, post
transcriptional processing, translation, post-translational processing, cellular localization (e.g. , organelle, cytoplasm, nucleus, cell surface), and RNA and protein stability, as compared to a normal cell. Overexpression can be detected using conventional techniques for detecting mRNA (i.e., RT-PCR, PCR, hybridization, microarray) or proteins (i.e., ELISA, immunohistochemical techniques).
Overexpression can be 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90% or more in comparison to a normal cell. In certain instances, overexpression is 1-fold, 2-fold, 3-
fold, 4-fold or more higher levels of transcription or translation in comparison to a normal cell.
[0065] As used herein, the term "in combination" refers to the use of more than one prophylactic and/or therapeutic agents. The use of the term "in combination" does not restrict the order in which prophylactic and/or therapeutic agents are administered to a subject with cancer, especially breast cancer. A first prophylactic or therapeutic agent can be administered prior to (e.g., 1 minute, 5 minutes, 15 minutes, 30 minutes, 45 minutes, 1 hour, 2 hours, 4 hours, 6 hours, 12 hours, 24 hours, 48 hours, 72 hours, 96 hours, 1 week, 2 weeks, 3 weeks, 4 weeks, 5 weeks, 6 weeks, 8 weeks, or 12 weeks before), concomitantly with, or subsequent to (e.g., 1 minute, 5 minutes, 15 minutes, 30 minutes, 45 minutes, 1 hour, 2 hours, 4 hours, 6 hours, 12 hours, 24 hours, 48 hours, hours, 96 hours, 1 week, 2 weeks, 3 weeks, 4 weeks, 5 weeks, 6 weeks, 8 weeks, or 12 weeks after) the administration of a second prophylactic or therapeutic agent to a subject which had, has, or is susceptible to cancer, especially breast cancer. The prophylactic or therapeutic agents are administered to a subject in a sequence and within a time interval such that the agent of the invention can act together with the other agent to provide an increased benefit than if they were administered otherwise. Any additional prophylactic or therapeutic agent can be administered in any order with the other additional prophylactic or therapeutic agents.
[0066] As used herein, the term "combine effectively" refers to a combination of therapies (e.g., a combination of prophylactic or therapeutic agents) which is more effective than any single agent administered alone. Combining effectively may also refer to combinations of therapies that are not less effective than any single agent or even less effective than any single agent, but which also eliminate or reduce the adverse effects of one or more of the agents, such as eliminating or reducing the risk of uterine cancer associated with one or more of the agents.
[0067] As used herein, the term "synergistic" refers to a combination of therapies (e.g., a combination of prophylactic or therapeutic agents) which is more effective than the additive effects of any two or more single agents. A synergistic effect of a combination of therapies permits the use of lower dosages of one or more
of the therapies and/or less frequent administration of said therapies (e.g., agents) to a subject with a disease or disorder, in particular, cancer, or a condition or symptom associated therewith. The ability to utilize lower dosages of therapies and/or to administer said therapies less frequently reduces the toxicity associated with the administration of said therapies to a subject without reducing the efficacy of said therapies in the prevention, management, or treatment of a disease or disorder, in particular, cancer or a condition or symptom associated therewith. In addition, a synergistic effect can result in improved efficacy of therapies in the prevention, management, or treatment of a disease or disorder, in particular, cancer or a condition or symptom associated therewith. Finally, the synergistic effect of a combination of therapies may avoid or reduce adverse or unwanted side effects associated with the use of any single therapy.
[0068] As used herein, the phrase "side effects" encompasses unwanted and adverse effects of a prophylactic or therapeutic agent. Adverse effects are always unwanted, but unwanted effects are not necessarily adverse. An adverse effect from a prophylactic or therapeutic agent might be harmful or uncomfortable or risky. Side effects can refer specifically to an increase in uterine cell proliferation, as well as to an increase in the frequency of uterine cancer and an increase in the risk of developing uterine cancer. Side effects from chemotherapy include, but are not limited to, gastrointestinal toxicity such as, but not limited to, early and late-forming diarrhea and flatulence, nausea, vomiting, anorexia, leukopenia, anemia, neutropenia, asthenia, abdominal cramping, fever, pain, loss of body weight, dehydration, alopecia, dyspnea, insomnia, dizziness, mucositis, xerostomia, and kidney failure, as well as constipation, nerve and muscle effects, temporary or permanent damage to kidneys and bladder, flu-like symptoms, fluid retention, and temporary or permanent infertility. Side effects from radiation therapy include but are not limited to fatigue, dry mouth, and loss of appetite. Side effects from biological
therapies/immunotherapies include but are not limited to rashes or swellings at the site of administration, flu-like symptoms such as fever, chills and fatigue, digestive tract problems and allergic reactions. Side effects from hormonal therapies include but are not limited to nausea, fertility problems, depression, loss of appetite, eye problems, headache, and weight fluctuation. Additional undesired effects typically experienced
by patients are numerous and known in the art. Many are described in the Physicians' Desk Reference (56th ed., 2002).
[0069] "Without attendant risk in increase of uterine cancer" refers to a lowered or eliminated risk of developing uterine cancer as compared to patients who have an increased risk for developing uterine cancer due to a course of anti-estrogen therapy.
[0070] By "therapeutically effective amount or dose" or "therapeutically sufficient amount or dose" or "effective or sufficient amount or dose" herein is meant a dose that produces therapeutic effects for which it is administered, in the context of the combination therapy in which it is administered. Often, the therapeutically effective or sufficient amount or dose of the compounds comprising the
pharmaceutical compositions of the invention will be lower when administered in the specific combinations, than the doses that would be therapeutically effective or sufficient when the compounds are administered separately. The exact dose will depend on the purpose of the treatment, and will be ascertainable by one skilled in the art using known techniques (see, e.g. , Lieberman, Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms (vols. 1-3, 1992); Lloyd, The Art, Science and Technology of Pharmaceutical Compounding (1999); Pickar, Dosage Calculations (1999); and Remington. The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, 20th Edition, 2003, Gennaro, Ed., Lippincott, Williams & Wilkins). In some embodiments, a therapeutically effective amount refers to that amount of the therapeutic agent sufficient to destroy, modify, control or remove primary, regional or metastatic cancer tissue. A therapeutically effective amount may refer to the amount of therapeutic agent sufficient to delay or minimize the spread of cancer. A therapeutically effective amount may also refer to the amount of the therapeutic agent that provides a therapeutic benefit in the treatment or management of cancer. Further, a therapeutically effective amount with respect to a therapeutic agent of the invention means that amount of therapeutic agent alone, or in combination with other therapies, that provides a therapeutic benefit in the treatment or management of cancer. In sensitized cells, the therapeutically effective dose can often be lower than the conventional therapeutically effective dose for non-sensitized cells. In some embodiments, a therapeutically effective amount refers to the amount of a therapeutic agent that, e.g., reduces the proliferation of cancer cells, increases the
death of cancer cells or, reduces the size of a tumor or spread of a tumor in a subject. Preferably, a therapeutically effective amount of a therapeutic agent reduces the size of a tumor or the spread of a tumor in a subject by at least 5%, preferably at least 10%, at least 15%, at least 20%, at least 25%, at least 30%, at least 35%, at least 40%, at least 45%, at least 50%, ate least 55%, at least 60%, at least 65%, at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95% or at least 99% relative to a control such as PBS. In some embodiments, a therapeutically effective amount refers to the amount of a therapeutic agent that increases survival by 1 month, 2 months, 6 months, 1 year, 2 years, 3 years, 4 years, 5 years, 6 years, 7 years, 8 years, 9 years, 10 years, or more. In some embodiments, a therapeutically effective amount refers to the amount of a therapeutic agent that prevents the progression from DCIS or atypical hyperplasia to breast cancer.
[0071] The term "pharmaceutically acceptable" means approved by a regulatory agency of the Federal or a state government or listed in the U.S.
Pharmacopeia or other generally recognized pharmacopeia for use in animals, and more particularly in humans. The term "carrier" refers to a diluent, adjuvant (e.g., Freund's adjuvant (complete and incomplete)), excipient, or vehicle with which the therapeutic is administered. Such pharmaceutical carriers can be sterile liquids, such as water and oils, including those of petroleum, animal, vegetable or synthetic origin, such as peanut oil, soybean oil, mineral oil, sesame oil and the like. Water is a preferred carrier when the pharmaceutical composition is administered intravenously. Saline solutions and aqueous dextrose and glycerol solutions can also be employed as liquid carriers, particularly for injectable solutions. Suitable pharmaceutical excipients include starch, glucose, lactose, sucrose, gelatin, malt, rice, flour, chalk, silica gel, sodium stearate, glycerol monostearate, talc, sodium chloride, dried skim milk, glycerol, propylene, glycol, water, ethanol and the like. The composition, if desired, can also contain minor amounts of wetting or emulsifying agents, or pH buffering agents. These compositions can take the form of solutions, suspensions, emulsion, tablets, pills, capsules, powders, sustained-release formulations and the like. Oral formulation can include standard carriers such as pharmaceutical grades of mannitol, lactose, starch, magnesium stearate, sodium saccharine, cellulose, magnesium carbonate, etc. Examples of suitable pharmaceutical carriers are described in
"Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences" by E. W. Martin. Such compositions will
contain a prophylactically or therapeutically effective amount of a prophylactic or therapeutic agent preferably in purified form, together with a suitable amount of carrier so as to provide the form for proper administration to the patient. The formulation should suit the mode of administration. In a preferred embodiment, the pharmaceutical compositions are sterile and in suitable form for administration to a subject, preferably an animal subject, more preferably a mammalian subject, and most preferably a human subject.
[0072] As used herein, the term "intermediates" encompasses compounds used in the synthesis of prodrug compounds according to the invention. Such
intermediates may have activity in their own right, or may be biologically inactive.
5.2 Pharmaceutical Formulations
[0073] Pharmaceutically acceptable carriers are determined in part by the particular composition being administered, as well as by the particular method used to administer the composition. Accordingly, there are a wide variety of suitable formulations of pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention (see, e.g. , Remington 's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 20th ed., 2003).
[0074] It may be desirable to administer the pharmaceutical compositions of the invention locally to the area in need of treatment; this may be achieved by, for example, and not by way of limitation, local infusion, by injection, or by means of an implant, said implant being of a porous, non-porous, or gelatinous material, including membranes, such as sialastic membranes, or fibers. Preferably, when administering one or more prophylactic or therapeutic agents, care must be taken to use materials to which the prophylactic or therapeutic agents do not absorb.
[0075] The invention can be delivered in a vesicle, in particular a liposome
(see Langer, Science 249: 1527-1533 (1990); Treat et al, in Liposomes in the Therapy of Infectious Disease and Cancer, Lopez-Berestein and Fidler (eds.), Liss, New York, pp. 353-365 (1989); Lopez-Berestein, pp. 317-327; see generally above).
[0076] The composition can be delivered in a controlled release or sustained release system. In one embodiment, a pump may be used to achieve controlled or sustained release (see Langer, supra; Sefton, 1987, CRC Crit. Ref. Biomed. Eng. 14:20; Buchwald et al, 1980, Surgery 88:507; Saudek et al, 1989, N. Engl. J. Med. 321 :574). In another embodiment, polymeric materials can be used to achieve controlled or sustained release of the antibodies of the invention or fragments thereof (see e.g., Medical Applications of Controlled Release, Langer and Wise (eds.), CRC Pres., Boca Raton, Fla. (1974); Controlled Drug Bioavailability, Drug Product Design and Performance, Smolen and Ball (eds.), Wiley, N.Y. (1984); Ranger and Peppas, 1983, J., Macromol. Sci. Rev. Macromol. Chem. 23:61; see also Levy et al, 1985, Science 228: 190; During et al, 1989, Ann. Neurol. 25:351; Howard et al, 1989, J. Neurosurg. 7 1 :105); U.S. Pat. No. 5,679,377; U.S. Pat. No. 5,916,597; U.S. Pat. No. 5,912,015; U.S. Pat. No. 5,989,463; U.S. Pat. No. 5,128,326; International Publication No. WO 99/15154; and International Publication No. WO 99/20253. Examples of polymers used in sustained release formulations include, but are not limited to, poly(2 -hydroxy ethyl methacrylate), poly(methyl methacrylate), poly(acrylic acid), poly(ethylene-co-vinyl acetate), poly(methacrylic acid), polyglycolides (PLG), polyanhydrides, poly(N-vinyl pyrrolidone), poly(vinyl alcohol), polyacrylamide, poly(ethylene glycol), polylactides (PLA), poly(lactide-co-glycolides) (PLGA), and polyorthoesters. In a preferred embodiment, the polymer used in a sustained release formulation is inert, free of leachable impurities, stable on storage, sterile, and biodegradable. In yet another embodiment, a controlled or sustained release system can be placed in proximity of the therapeutic target, i.e., the lungs, thus requiring only a fraction of the systemic dose (see, e.g., Goodson, in Medical Applications of Controlled Release, supra, vol. 2, pp. 115-138 (1984)).
[0077] Controlled release systems are discussed in the review by Langer
(1990, Science 249: 1527-1533). Any technique known to one of skill in the art can be used to produce sustained release formulations comprising one or more antibodies of the invention or fragments thereof. See, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 4,526,938, International publication No. WO 91/05548, International publication No. WO 96/20698, Ning et al., 1996, "Intratumoral Radioimmunotheraphy of a Human Colon Cancer Xenograft Using a Sustained-Release Gel," Radiotherapy & Oncology 39: 179-189, Song et al, 1995, "Antibody Mediated Lung Targeting of Long-Circulating Emulsions," PDA
Journal of Pharmaceutical Science & Technology 50:372-397, Cleek et al, 1997, "Biodegradable Polymeric Carriers for a bFGF Antibody for Cardiovascular
Application," Pro. Int'l. Symp. Control. Rel. Bioact. Mater. 24:853-854, and Lam et al., 1997, "Microencapsulation of Recombinant Humanized Monoclonal Antibody for Local Delivery," Proc. Int'l. Symp. Control Rel. Bioact. Mater. 24:759-760, each of which is incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.
[0078] A pharmaceutical composition of the invention is formulated to be compatible with its intended route of administration. Examples of suitable routes of administration include, but are not limited to, ingestion, parenteral (e.g., intravenous, intramuscular, intradermal, intra-tumoral, intra-synovial, and subcutaneous), oral (e.g., inhalation, ingestion), intranasal, transdermal (topical), transmucosal, intra- tumoral, intra-synovial, vaginal, and rectal administration. In a specific embodiment, the composition is formulated in accordance with routine procedures as a
pharmaceutical composition adapted for intravenous, subcutaneous, intramuscular, oral, e.g. ingestion, intra-tumoral, intra synovial, intranasal or topical administration to human beings. Typically, compositions for intravenous administration are solutions in sterile isotonic aqueous buffer. Where necessary, the composition may also include a solubilizing agent and a local anesthetic such as lignocaine to ease pain at the site of the injection.
[0079] If the compositions of the invention are to be administered topically, the compositions can be formulated in the form of, e.g., a toothpaste, ointment, cream, transdermal patch, lotion, gel, oral gel, shampoo, spray, aerosol, solution, emulsion, or other form well-known to one of skill in the art. See, e.g., Remington's
Pharmaceutical Sciences and Introduction to Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms, 4th ed., Lea & Febiger, Philadelphia, Pa. (1985). For non-sprayable topical dosage forms, viscous to semi-solid or solid forms comprising a carrier or one or more excipients compatible with topical application and having a dynamic viscosity preferably greater than water are typically employed. Suitable formulations include, without limitation, solutions, suspensions, emulsions, creams, ointments, powders, liniments, salves, and the like, which are, if desired, sterilized or mixed with auxiliary agents (e.g., preservatives, stabilizers, wetting agents, buffers, or salts) for influencing various properties, such as, for example, osmotic pressure. Other suitable topical dosage
forms include sprayable aerosol preparations wherein the active ingredient, preferably in combination with a solid or liquid inert carrier, is packaged in a mixture with a pressurized volatile (e.g., a gaseous propellant, such as Freon), or in a squeeze bottle. Moisturizers or humectants can also be added to pharmaceutical compositions and dosage forms if desired. Examples of such additional ingredients are well-known in the art.
[0080] If the compositions of the invention are to be administered intranasally, the compositions can be formulated in an aerosol form, spray, mist or in the form of drops. In particular, prophylactic or therapeutic agents for use according to the present invention can be conveniently delivered in the form of an aerosol spray presentation from pressurized packs or a nebuliser, with the use of a suitable propellant, e.g., dichlorodifluoromethane, trichlorofluoromethane, dichlorotetrafluoroethane, carbon dioxide or other suitable gas. In the case of a pressurized aerosol the dosage unit may be determined by providing a valve to deliver a metered amount. Capsules and cartridges of, e.g., gelatin for use in an inhaler or insufflator may be formulated containing a powder mix of the compound and a suitable powder base such as lactose or starch.
[0081] If the compositions of the invention are to be administered orally, the compositions can be formulated orally in the form of, e.g., gum, tablets, capsules, cachets, gelcaps, solutions, suspensions and the like. Tablets or capsules can be prepared by conventional means with pharmaceutically acceptable excipients such as binding agents (e.g., pregelatinized maize starch, polyvinylpyrrolidone or
hydroxypropyl methylcellulose); fillers (e.g., lactose, microcrystalline cellulose or calcium hydrogen phosphate); lubricants (e.g., magnesium stearate, talc or silica); disintegrants (e.g., potato starch or sodium starch glycolate); or wetting agents (e.g., sodium lauryl sulphate). The tablets may be coated by methods well-known in the art. Liquid preparations for oral administration may take the form of, for example, solutions, syrups or suspensions, or they may be presented as a dry product for constitution with water or other suitable vehicle before use. Such liquid preparations may be prepared by conventional means with pharmaceutically acceptable additives such as suspending agents (e.g., sorbitol syrup, cellulose derivatives or hydrogenated edible fats); emulsifying agents (e.g., lecithin or acacia); non-aqueous vehicles (e.g.,
almond oil, oily esters, ethyl alcohol or fractionated vegetable oils); and preservatives (e.g., methyl or propyl-p-hydroxybenzoates or sorbic acid). The preparations may also contain buffer salts, flavoring, coloring and sweetening agents as appropriate.
Preparations for oral administration may be suitably formulated for slow release, controlled release or sustained release of a prophylactic or therapeutic agent(s).
[0082] The compositions of the invention may be formulated for parenteral administration by injection, e.g., by bolus injection or continuous infusion.
Formulations for injection may be presented in unit dosage form, e.g., in ampoules or in multi-dose containers, with an added preservative. The compositions may take such forms as suspensions, solutions or emulsions in oily or aqueous vehicles, and may contain formulatory agents such as suspending, stabilizing and/or dispersing agents. Alternatively, the active ingredient may be in powder form for constitution with a suitable vehicle, e.g., sterile pyrogen- free water, before use.
[0083] The compositions of the invention may also be formulated in rectal compositions such as suppositories or retention enemas, e.g., containing conventional suppository bases such as cocoa butter or other glycerides.
[0084] In addition to the formulations described previously, the compositions of the invention may also be formulated as a depot preparation. Such long acting formulations may be administered by implantation (for example subcutaneously or intramuscularly) or by intramuscular injection. Thus, for example, the compositions may be formulated with suitable polymeric or hydrophobic materials (for example as an emulsion in an acceptable oil) or ion exchange resins, or as sparingly soluble derivatives, for example, as a sparingly soluble salt.
[0085] Generally, the ingredients of compositions of the invention are supplied either separately or mixed together in unit dosage form, for example, as a dry lyophilized powder or water free concentrate in a hermetically sealed container such as an ampoule or sachet indicating the quantity of active agent. Where the
composition is to be administered by infusion, it can be dispensed with an infusion bottle containing sterile pharmaceutical grade water or saline. Where the composition
is administered by injection, an ampoule of sterile water for injection or saline can be provided so that the ingredients may be mixed prior to administration.
5.3 Kits
[0086] The invention provides a pharmaceutical pack or kit comprising one or more containers filled with individual components (in pharmaceutical formulations) of the combination therapies described herein; for example, contained filled with an HDAC inhibitor and one or more hormonal therapy agents, and/or one or more therapeutic or prophylactic agents such as an IGF-1R inhibitor, an EGFR inhibitor, an mTOR inhibitor, or another active ingredient. Containers may also be filled with an HDAC inhibitor, and one or more therapeutic or prophylactic agents such as an IGF- 1R inhibitor, an EGFR inhibitor, an mTOR inhibitor, and/or another active ingredient. The pharmaceutical pack or kit may further comprises one or more other prophylactic or therapeutic agents useful for the treatment of a disease or disorder. The invention also provides a pharmaceutical pack or kit comprising one or more containers filled with one or more of the ingredients of the pharmaceutical compositions of the invention. Optionally associated with such container(s) can be a notice in the form prescribed by a governmental agency regulating the manufacture, use or sale of pharmaceuticals or biological products, which notice reflects approval by the agency of manufacture, use or sale for human administration.
[0087] The present invention provides pharmaceutical packs or kits that can be used in the above methods. The kit may further comprises one or more other prophylactic or therapeutic agents, or active ingredients useful for the treatment of cancer in one or more containers. In other embodiments, the kit may comprise at least one compound according to the invention, at least one HDAC inhibitor, and one or more of at least one or more of an IGF-1R inhibitor, an EGFR inhibitor or mTOR inhibitor. Examples of such agents and compounds are disclosed above.
5.4 Articles of Manufacture
[0088] The present invention also encompasses a finished packaged and labeled pharmaceutical product. This article of manufacture includes the appropriate
unit dosage form in an appropriate vessel or container such as a glass vial or other container that is hermetically sealed. In the case of dosage forms suitable for parenteral administration the active ingredient is sterile and suitable for administration as a particulate free solution. In other words, the invention encompasses both parenteral solutions and lyophilized powders, each being sterile, and the latter being suitable for reconstitution prior to injection. Alternatively, the unit dosage form may be a solid suitable for oral, transdermal, intratumoral, intra-synovial, topical or mucosal delivery.
[0089] In a specific embodiment, the unit dosage form is suitable for intravenous, intramuscular, intratumoral, intra-synovial, or subcutaneous delivery. Thus, the invention encompasses solutions, preferably sterile, suitable for each delivery route.
[0090] As with any pharmaceutical product, the packaging material and container are designed to protect the stability of the product during storage and shipment. Further, the products of the invention include instructions for use or other informational material that advise the physician, technician or patient on how to appropriately prevent or treat the disease or disorder in question. In other words, the article of manufacture includes instruction means indicating or suggesting a dosing regimen including, but not limited to, actual doses, monitoring procedures (such as methods for monitoring mean absolute lymphocyte counts, tumor cell counts, calcium concentration, and tumor size) and other monitoring information.
[0091] More specifically, the invention provides an article of manufacture comprising packaging material, such as a box, bottle, tube, vial, container, sprayer, insufflator, intravenous (i.v.) bag, envelope and the like; and at least one unit dosage form of a pharmaceutical agent contained within said packaging material.
[0092] In a specific embodiment, an article of manufacture comprises packaging material and a pharmaceutical agent and instructions contained within said packaging material, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, and said instructions indicate a dosing regimen for preventing, treating or managing a subject with cancer. In another embodiment, an article of manufacture comprises packaging material and a
pharmaceutical agent and instructions contained within said packaging material, and said instructions indicate a dosing regimen for preventing, treating or managing a subject with a cancer.
[0093] In therapeutic use for the treatment of cancer, the compounds utilized in the pharmaceutical method of the invention are administered at the initial dosage of about 0.001 mg/kg to about 100 mg/kg daily. A daily dose range of about 0.01 mg/kg to about 50 mg/kg, or about 0.1 mg/kg to about 20 mg/kg, or about 1 mg/kg to about 10 mg/kg, or about 1 mg/kg to about 5 mg/kg, can be used. The dosages, however, may be varied depending upon the requirements of the patient, the severity of the condition being treated, and the compound being employed. For example, dosages can be empirically determined considering the type and stage of cancer diagnosed in a particular patient. The dose administered to a patient, in the context of the present invention should be sufficient to effect a beneficial therapeutic response in the patient over time. The size of the dose also will be determined by the existence, nature, and extent of any adverse side-effects that accompany the administration of a particular compound in a particular patient. Determination of the proper dosage for a particular situation is within the skill of the practitioner. Generally, treatment is initiated with smaller dosages which are less than the optimum dose of the compound. Thereafter, the dosage is increased by small increments until the optimum effect under circumstances is reached. For convenience, the total daily dosage may be divided and administered in portions during the day, if desired. Doses can be given daily, or on alternate days, as determined by the treating physician.
5.5 Characterization and Demonstration of Therapeutic or Prophylactic Utility
[0094] Toxicity and efficacy of the prophylactic and/or therapeutic treatments and protocols of the instant invention can be determined by standard pharmaceutical procedures in cell cultures or experimental animals, e.g., for determining the LD50 (the dose lethal to 50% of the population) and the ED50 (the dose therapeutically effective in 50% of the population). The dose ratio between toxic and therapeutic effects is the therapeutic index and it can be expressed as the ratio LD50/ED50.
Prophylactic and/or therapeutic agents that exhibit large therapeutic indices are preferred. While prophylactic and/or therapeutic agents that exhibit toxic side effects
may be used, care should be taken to design a delivery system that targets such agents to the site of affected tissue in order to minimize potential damage to uninfected cells and, thereby, reduce side effects.
[0095] The data obtained from the cell culture assays and animal studies can be used in formulating a range of dosage of the prophylactic and/or therapeutic agents for use in humans. The dosage of such agents lies preferably within a range of circulating concentrations that include the ED50 with little or no toxicity. The dosage may vary within this range depending upon the dosage form employed and the route of administration utilized. For any agent used in the method of the invention, the therapeutically effective dose can be estimated initially from cell culture assays. A dose may be formulated in animal models to achieve a circulating plasma
concentration range that includes the IC50 (i.e., the concentration of the test compound that achieves a half-maximal inhibition of symptoms) as determined in cell culture. Such information can be used to more accurately determine useful doses in humans. Levels in plasma may be measured, for example, by high performance liquid chromatography.
[0096] In order to determine therapeutic or prophylactic utility, it is encompassed by the present invention to use any of the assays described herein, as well as those known in the art. Also encompassed by the invention to determine therapeutic or prophylactic utility are any relevant cancer, and more specifically, breast cancer animal models. For example, one may utilize a an MCF-7 xenograft model, or a modified MCF-7 xenograft model (Hale L.V. et al., 1997, Lab Anim Sci.,47(l):82-85). Further encompassed by the invention, pending safety and efficacy, are clinical trials to assess the compounds and methods of the present invention.
5.6 Embodiments - Compounds
[0097] The present invention is directed to compounds, compositions thereof, and the use of the compounds and compositions for the treatment and prevention of breast cancer. Compounds according to the invention may be considered prodrugs of endoxifen or 4-hydroxytoremifene and related compounds. The compounds may be
used for the treatment of breast cancer, or for a reduction in the recurrence rate or severity of previously-treated breast cancer.
[0098] In one embodiment, the compounds according to the invention are compounds of the following formula I:
and pharmaceutically-acceptable salts thereof, where X is O or S; Ri may be H, lower alkyl, cyclic alkyl (by replacing the methyl group on the nitrogen or by creating a quaternary ammonium), or a prodrug moiety, and where R2 may be H or a prodrug moiety, with the understanding that at least one of Ri and R2 is a prodrug moiety. Known compounds 4-hydroxy-tamoxifen and endoxifen are not encompassed within compounds according to the invention. In one embodiment, when Ri is CH3, XR2 is not OP03H2. While the compound of Formula I is drawn with a specific orientation around the double bond, both E and Z configurations around the double bond are encompassed by the invention, for example, as represented by Formula la: la
†i
where the wavy bond indicates unspecified stereochemistry for the ethyl and phenyl substituents, such that the structure has either an E or Z configuration around the double bond.
[0099] In one embodiment, the compounds according to the invention are compounds of the following formula:
and pharmaceutically-acceptable salts thereof, where Ri may be H or CH3. In one embodiment, the compound according to the invention has the following formula:
[00100] In one embodiment, the compounds according to the invention are compounds of the following formula:
[00101] In one embodiment, the compounds according to the invention are compounds of the following formula:
[00102] In an alternate embodiment, the compounds according to the invention are compounds of the following formula II:
and pharmaceutically-acceptable salts thereof, where X is O or S; Ri may be H, lower alkyl, cyclic alkyl (by replacing the methyl group on the nitrogen or by creating a quaternary ammonium), or a prodrug moiety, and where R2 may be H or a prodrug moiety, with the understanding that at least one of Ri and R2 is a prodrug moiety. While the compound of Formula II is drawn with a specific orientation around the double bond, both E and Z configurations around the double bond are encompassed by the invention, for example, as represented by Formula Ila:
where the wavy bond indicates unspecified stereochemistry for the ethyl and phenyl substituents, such that the structure has either an E or Z configuration around the double bond.
[00103] In one embodiment, the compounds according to the invention are compounds of the following formula:
[00104] In one embodiment, the compounds according to the invention are compounds of the following formula:
and pharmaceutically-acceptable salts thereof.
[00105] In one embodiment, the compounds according to the invention are compounds of the following formula:
[00106] In one embodiment, the compounds according to the invention are compounds of the following formula:
[00107] In an alternate embodiment, the compounds according to the invention are compounds of the following formula III:
and pharmaceutically-acceptable salts thereof, where Ri may be H, lower alkyl, cyclic alkyl (by replacing the methyl group on the nitrogen or by creating a quaternary ammonium), or a prodrug moiety, R2 may be H or CI, and where Z is selected from fluoro or chloro, and the wavy line indicates that the configuration around the double bond may be either E or Z.
[00108] In one embodiment, the compounds according to the invention are compounds of the following formula:
and pharmaceutically-acceptable salts thereof. In a preferred embodiment, Ri is H.
[00109] In one embodiment, the compounds according to the invention are compounds of the following formula:
[00110] In various embodiments, Ri and R2 are each independently selected from the following groups:
[00111] Alkyl groups preferably having from 1 to 12 carbon atoms. A preferred class of alkyl groups has 1 to about 8 carbon atoms, still more preferably 1 to about 6 carbon atoms, and most preferably 1, 2, 3 or 4 carbon atoms. Methyl, ethyl and propyl including isopropyl are particularly preferred alkyl groups in the compounds of the present invention. As used herein, the term alkyl, unless otherwise modified, refers to both cyclic and noncyclic groups, although cyclic groups will comprise at least three carbon ring members. Lower alkyl groups refers may refer to alkyl groups with 1 to 6 carbon atoms. Alkyl groups may form part of an ester, such as a pivalate group.
[00112] Alkenyl and alkynyl groups having one or more unsaturated linkages and from 2 to about 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to about 8 carbon atoms, still more preferably 2 to about 6 carbon atoms, even more preferably 2, 3 or 4 carbon atoms. The terms alkenyl and alkynyl as used herein refer to both cyclic and noncyclic groups, although straight or branched noncyclic groups are generally more preferred.
[00113] Alkylidene groups, branched or unbranched, and preferably having from 1 to 12 carbon atoms. One more preferred class of alkylidene groups has from 1
to about 8 carbon atoms, yet more preferably from 1 to about 6 carbon atoms, and most preferably 1, 2, 3 or 4 carbon atoms. Methylidene, ethylidene and propylidene including isopropylidene are particularly preferred alkylidene groups in the compounds of the present invention.
[00114] Alkylsulfmyl groups having one or more sulfoxide (SO) groups and from 1 to about 12 carbon atoms, more preferably from 1 to about 8 carbon atoms, and still more preferably 1 to about 6 carbon atoms. Alkylsulfmyl groups having 1, 2, 3 or 4 carbon atoms are particularly preferred.
[00115] Alkylsulfonyl groups having one or more sulfonyl (S02) groups and from 1 to about 12 carbon atoms, more preferably from 1 to about 8 carbon atoms, and still more preferably 1 to about 6 carbon atoms. Alkylsulfonyl groups having 1, 2, 3 or 4 carbon atoms are particularly preferred.
[00116] Aminoalkyl groups having one or more primary, secondary and/or tertiary amine groups, and from 1 to about 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to about 8 carbon atoms, still more preferably 1 to about 6 carbon atoms, even more preferably 1, 2, 3 or 4 carbon atoms. Secondary and tertiary amine groups are generally more preferred than primary amine moieties.
[00117] Heterocyclic groups including heteroaromatic and heteroalicyclic groups. Suitable heteroaromatic groups in the compounds of the present invention contain one, two or three heteroatoms selected from N, O or S atoms and include, e.g., coumarinyl including 8-coumarinyl, quinolinyl including 8-quinolinyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidyl, furyl, pyrrolyl, thienyl, thiazolyl, oxazolyl, imidazolyl, indolyl, benzofuranyl and benzothiazol. Suitable heteroalicyclic groups in the compounds of the present invention contain one, two or three heteroatoms selected from N, O or S atoms and include, e.g., tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, piperidinyl, morpholino and pyrrolidinyl groups.
[00118] Aryl groups including single and multiple ring compounds, including multiple ring compounds that contain separate and/or fused aryl groups. Typical aryl groups contain from 1 to 3 separated or fused rings and from 6 to about 18 carbon
ring atoms. Specifically preferred aryl groups include substituted or unsubstituted phenyl, naphthyl, biphenyl, phenanthryl, and anthracyl.
[00119] References herein to substituted groups in the compounds of the present invention refer to the specified moiety, typically alkyl or alkenyl, that may be substituted at one or more available positions by one or more suitable groups, e.g., halogen such as fluoro, chloro, bromo and iodo; cyano; hydroxyl; nitro; azido;
carboxamido; alkyl groups including those groups having 1 to about 12 carbon atoms, preferably from 1 to about 6 carbon atoms and more preferably 1-3 carbon atoms; alkenyl and alkynyl groups including groups having one or more unsaturated linkages and from 2 to about 12 carbon or from 2 to about 6 carbon atoms; alkoxy groups having those having one or more oxygen linkages and from 1 to about 12 carbon atoms, preferably from 1 to about 6 carbon atoms; aryloxy such as phenoxy; alkylthio groups including those moieties having one or more thioether linkages and from 1 to about 12 carbon atoms, preferably from 1 to about 6 carbon atoms; alkylsulfmyl groups including those moieties having one or more sulfmyl linkages and from 1 to about 12 carbon atoms, preferably from 1 to about 6 carbon atoms; alkylsulfonyl groups including those moieties having one or more sulfonyl linkages and from 1 to about 12 carbon atoms, preferably from 1 to about 6 carbon atoms; aminoalkyl groups such as groups having one or more N atoms and from 1 to about 12 carbon atoms, preferably from 1 to about 6 carbon atoms; aryl having 6 or more carbons, particularly phenyl; aralkyl such as benzyl; heterocyclic groups including heteroalicyclic and heteroaromatic groups, especially with 5 to 10 ring atoms of which I to 4 are heteroatoms, more preferably heterocyclic groups with 5 or 6 ring atoms and 1 or 2 heteroatoms or with 10 ring atoms and 1 to 3 heteroatoms.
[00120] Preferred R groups include alkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl that may be substituted at one or more available positions by one or more suitable groups, e.g., halogen such as fluoro, chloro, bromo and iodo, especially co-chloro or perfluoro; aminoalkyl groups such as groups having one or more N atoms and from 1 to about 12 carbon atoms, preferably from 1 to about 6 carbon atoms; aryl having 6 or more carbons, particularly phenyl; aralkyl such as benzyl; heterocyclic groups including heteroalicyclic and heteroaromatic groups, especially with 5 to 10 ring atoms of
which 1 to 4 are heteroatoms, more preferably heterocyclic groups with 5 or 6 ring atoms and 1 or 2 heteroatoms or with 10 ring atoms and 1 to 3 heteroatoms, the heterocyclic groups optionally being substituted with one or more of the substituents, especially amino such as dimethylamino or with keto.
[00121] Various prodrugs are known in the art. For example, see Simplicio et al, "Prodrugs for Amines," Molecules, vol. 13, iss. 3, pp. 519-547, March 2008, available from the internet at «http://www.mdpi.org»; see also Larsen, C.S., et al, "Chapter 14: Design and application of prodrugs" from Textbook of Drug Design and Discovery, Third Edition, edited by Krogsgaard-Larsen, P. et al, pages 410-458, 2002. The contents of each publication are incorporated by reference.
[00122] In some embodiments, the prodrug moiety may be selected from Table
1, as adapted from Simplicio, in particular for a prodrug moiety to be attached to a nitrogen, where R groups in a figure may be the same or different:
Table 1
mechanism of
Prodrug type transformation advantages disadvantages
may be electron enzymatic, improved withdrawing amides and carbamates pH activated slow release substitute
followed only applicable by improved to tertiary
in aqueous
solution imines (Schiff bases) chemical lowers pKa not stable improved enough at low lipophilicity pH
enaminones azo-reductases possibility of only applicable M N
targeting to aromatic amines azo compounds
enzymatic possible to poor aqueous followed manipulate solubility by phys/chem in most cases spontaneous characteristics
lactonization
systems
THTT
,0. chemical or possibility of oxidation in enzymatic targeting solid state N02 activation
redox systems chemical and improved need
enzymatic solubility association activation with
PEG other systems
[00123] In some embodiments, the prodrug moiety may be selected from Table
2, as adapted from Larsen, in particular for a prodrug moiety to be attached to an oxygen, where R groups in a figure may be the same or different:
Table 2
[00124] In various embodiments, a prodrug moiety may be adapted from
Tables 1 or 2, Examples 1-7 below, or from Figures 2-8. Such prodrugs may include R groups (including Rls R2, etc.) as defined above for Formulas I and II. The synthesis of prodrugs according to the invention may be adapted from Examples 1-7 below, from Figures 2-8, and from standard transformations available to the practitioner in the art. For example, see Simplicio et al, "Prodrugs for Amines," Molecules, vol. 13, iss. 3, pp. 519-547, March 2008, available from the internet at
«http://www.mdpi.org»; see also Larsen, C.S., et al, "Chapter 14: Design and application of prodrugs" from Textbook of Drug Design and Discovery, Third Edition, edited by Krogsgaard-Larsen, P. et al, pages 410-458, 2002. See also March, J., Advanced Organic Chemistry: Reactions, Mechanisms, and Structure, Fourth Edition, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., publishers, 1992; Greene, T.W., Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., publishers, 1981; and Larock, R.C.,
Comprehensive Organic Transformations: A Guide to Functional Group Preparations, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., publishers, November 1999. The contents of each publication are incorporated by reference. Substituents for the generic groups in Tables 1 and 2 may be as understood in the art, including substituted or unsubstituted derivatives thereof. In one embodiment, any R group (including Rls R2, etc.) in Table 1 or 2 is independently a Ci-C6 alkyl group.
[00125] As discussed above, the term "prodrug" means a compound with a temporary modification of a functional group of a drug in order to improve the pharmaceutical utility of the drug. Prodrug may refer to the entire compound, or it may refer to the chemical modification, in the context of a prodrug moiety being the chemical modification. In some embodiments, the functional group of the drug is a handle for the introduction of a moiety that confers on the new entity some desirable characteristic. In other embodiments, the prodrug moiety is intimately connected with the pharmaceutical deficiency of the parent drug, and the presence of the prodrug moiety directly addresses the deficiency. In some embodiments, prodrugs rely on in vivo enzymatic activation for conversion to active form of the drug for example by cleavage of the prodrug moiety by an enzyme. In other embodiments, prodrugs rely on physiological chemical conditions for release of the drug, for example through a change in pH. The benefits of a prodrug are not limited to improved in vivo benefits compared to the parent drug, but may also include improved processing or storage characteristics or economic considerations prior to administration to the patient. In various embodiments, the advantages of the prodrug moiety may be selected from the group consisting of improved biomembrane passage and bioavailability (including improved oral absorption, dermal absorption, ocular absorption, gastro-intestinal absorption, and/or reduced first-pass metabolism), site-directed drug delivery, site- specific bioactivation, improvement of drug formulation, and combinations thereof.
[00126] The compounds of the invention can be formulated as neutral or salt forms. Pharmaceutically acceptable salts include those formed with anions such as those derived from hydrochloric, phosphoric, acetic, oxalic, tartaric acids, etc., and those formed with cations such as those derived from sodium, potassium, ammonium, calcium, ferric hydroxides, isopropylamine, triethylamine, 2-ethylamino ethanol, histidine, procaine, etc. Pharmaceutically acceptable non-toxic salts may include the
base addition salts (formed with free carboxyl or other anionic groups) which may be derived from inorganic bases such as, for example, sodium, potassium, ammonium, calcium, or ferric hydroxides, and such organic bases as isopropylamine,
trimethylamine, 2-ethylamino-ethanol, histidine, procaine, and the like. Such salts may also be formed as acid addition salts with any free cationic groups and will generally be formed with inorganic acids such as, for example, hydrochloric, sulfuric, or phosphoric acids, or organic acids such as acetic, p-toluenesulfonic,
methanesulfonic acid, oxalic, tartaric, mandelic, and the like. Salts of the invention include amine salts formed by the protonation of an amino group with inorganic acids such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, hydroiodic acid, sulfuric acid, phosphoric acid, and the like. Salts of the invention also include amine salts formed by the protonation of an amino group with suitable organic acids, such as p- toluenesulfonic acid, acetic acid, and the like. Additional salt-forming excipients which are contemplated for use in the practice of the present invention are those available to those of ordinary skill in the art, for example, those found in the United States Pharmacopeia Vol. XXII and National Formulary Vol. XVII, U.S.
Pharmacopeia Convention, Inc., Rockville, Md. (1989), the relevant contents of which is incorporated herein by reference.
5.7 Therapeutic Embodiments
[00127] Any therapy (e.g., chemotherapies, radiation therapies, hormonal therapies, and/or biological therapies/immunotherapies) which is known to be useful, or which has been used or is currently being used for the prevention, treatment, management or amelioration of cancer or one or more symptoms thereof can be used in accordance with the invention, and may be combined with any of the compositions described herein, and may encompass the other active ingredient described for some of the combination therapies herein.
[00128] In some embodiments, the anti-cancer agents contemplated in the methods and compositions of the present invention, which can be administered in combination with the compositions of the present invention include, but are not limited to doxorubicin, epirubicin, the combination of doxorubicin and
cyclophosphamide (AC), the combination of cyclophosphamide, doxorubicin and 5-
fluorouracil (CAF), the combination of cyclophosphamide, epirubicin and 5- fluorouracil (CEF), herceptin, tamoxifen, the combination of tamoxifen and cytotoxic chemotherapy, taxanes (such as docetaxel and paclitaxel). In a further embodiment, the combinations of the invention can be administered with taxanes plus standard doxorubicin and cyclophosphamide for adjuvant treatment of node-positive, localized breast cancer.
[00129] In one embodiment, the dose of doxorubicin hydrochloride (i.v.) is 60-
75 mg/m2 on day 1 of treatment. In another embodiment, the dose of epirubicin (i.v.) is 100-120 mg/m2 on day 1 of each cycle or divided equally and given on days 1-8 of the treatment cycle. In yet another embodiment, the dose of docetaxel (i.v.) is 60-100 mg/m2 over 1 hour. In another embodiment, the dose of paclitaxel (i.v.) is 175 mg/m2 over 3 hours.
[00130] The present invention can be used to treat a patient with any type of breast cancer. Breast cancers may include carcinoma in situ, infiltrating (or invasive) ductal carcinoma, infiltrating (or invasive) lobular carcinoma, medullary carcinoma, colloid carcinoma, tubular carcinoma, and inflammatory carcinoma.
[00131] In addition to the different types of breast cancer, there are also different stages of breast cancer, referred to as stages 0-IV. The system most often used to describe the growth and spread of breast cancer is the TNM staging system, also known as the American Joint Committee on Cancer (AJCC) system. In TNM staging, information about the tumor, nearby lymph nodes, and distant organ metastases is combined and a stage is assigned to specific TNM groupings. The grouped stages are described using Roman numerals from I to IV. The clinical stage is determined by results from physical examination and tests. The pathologic stage includes the findings of the pathologist after surgery. Most of the time, pathologic stage is the most important stage because usually the cancer isn't known to have spread to lymph nodes until the pathologist examines them under the microscope. In the TNM staging system, T stands for the size of the cancer (measured in centimeters; 2.54 centimeters 1 inch); N stands for spread to lymph nodes in the area of the breast, and M is for metastasis (spread to distant organs of the body).
[00132] The T category describes the original (primary) tumor. Tis: Tis is used only for carcinoma in situ or noninvasive breast cancer such as ductal carcinoma in situ, (DCIS) or lobular carcinoma in situ (LCIS). Tl : The cancer is 2 cm in diameter (about 3/4 inch) or smaller. T2: The cancer is more than 2 cm but not more than 5 cm in diameter. T3: The cancer is more than 5 cm in diameter. T4: The cancer is any size and has spread to the chest wall, the skin, or lymphatics.
[00133] The N category is based on which of the lymph nodes near the breast, if any, are affected by the cancer. NO: The cancer has not spread to lymph nodes. Nl : The cancer has spread to lymph nodes under the arm on the same side as the breast cancer. Lymph nodes have not yet attached to one another or to the surrounding tissue. N2: The cancer has spread to lymph nodes under the arm on the same side as the breast cancer and are attached to one another or to the surrounding tissue or enlarged. Or, the cancer can be seen to have spread to the internal mammary lymph nodes (next to the sternum), but not to the lymph nodes under the arm. N3 : The cancer has spread to lymph nodes above or just below the collarbone on the same side as the cancer, and may or may not have spread to lymph nodes under the arm. Or, the cancer has spread to internal mammary lymph nodes and lymph nodes under the arm, both on the same side as the cancer.
[00134] M categories: The M category depends on whether the cancer has spread to any distant tissues and organs. M0: No distant cancer spread. Ml : Cancer has spread to distant organs.
[00135] There are different types of staging. Clinical staging estimates how much cancer there is based on the results of the physical exam, imaging tests (x-rays, CT scans, etc.) and sometimes biopsies of affected areas. For certain cancers the results of other tests, such as blood tests, are also used in staging. Pathologic staging can only be done on patients who have had surgery to remove or explore the extent of the cancer. It combines the results of clinical staging (physical exam, imaging tests, etc.) with the results from the surgery. In some cases, the pathologic stage may be different from the clinical stage (for example, if the surgery shows the cancer is more extensive than it was previously thought to be). Restaging is sometimes used to determine the extent of the disease if a cancer recurs (comes back) after treatment.
[00136] In one embodiment, the methods and compositions of the present invention are used to treat patients with stage I breast cancer. In one embodiment, the methods and compositions of the present invention are used to treat patients with stage II breast cancer. In one embodiment, the methods and compositions of the present invention are used to treat patients with stage III breast cancer. In one embodiment, the methods and compositions of the present invention are used to treat patients with stage IV breast cancer, i.e. patients with metastatic cancer.
[00137] In another embodiment, the patient having breast cancer has already failed other treatment regimens such as chemotherapy.
[00138] In one embodiment, the methods and pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention may be used to prevent the development of a cancer, particularly in an individual at higher risk than average to develop such cancer than other individuals, or to treat a patient afflicted with breast cancer.
[00139] There are a number of ways to assess an individual's risk for breast cancer, and any means of risk assessment is contemplated by the present invention as determining which subjects are at risk for breast cancer and can undergo treatment via the methods and compositions of the present invention. The invention contemplates treatment for individuals with a higher than average lifetime risk for breast cancer, the average being about one in eight women in the U.S.
[00140] The invention provides methods treating asymptomatic patients who have a likelihood of benefiting from therapeutic treatment of breast cancer. The asymptomatic patients can comprise patients in any of the many high risk groups for breast cancer. The high risk groups can include e.g. patients with a family history of breast cancer, patients of increasing age (e.g., patients 40 years of age or older), menopausal patients, patients having at least one high risk parity factor (e.g. early start of menses, late onset of menopause, no pregnancies, or late-age pregnancy), patients having high risk gene status (e.g. patients testing positive for a mutation in BRCA1 or BRCA2 genes, or others, as described below), patients having at least one previous breast biopsy (benign or otherwise), patients having a previous diagnosis of
breast cancer, and patients having any other risk factor for breast cancer. Other risk factors are continually being defined and can include such considerations, as geographic location (e.g. where women living in a particular region have been found to have a higher incidence of breast cancer). Diet is also thought to play a role in breast cancer risk; specifically women who include more fat in their diet may be more likely to develop breast cancer (see Kniget et al. Cancer Epidemiol Biomarkers Prev 8(2): 123-8, 1999).
[00141] The Gail model is a common means of determining risk for breast cancer, and was developed based on the Breast Cancer Detection Demonstration Project (see Gail, M. et al, J Natl Cancer Inst., 1989. 81 : p. 1879-86). The risk factors used in the Gail model are age, age at menarche, age at first live birth, number of previous breast biopsies, number of first-degree relatives with breast cancer. These risk factors are broadly consistent with those selected from other large population- based studies. A revised Gail model also incorporates race, presence of atypical hyperplasia on breast biopsy, and 1987 population rates of breast cancer and death from other causes.
[00142] Another commonly used prediction model is the Claus model, based on the Cancer and Steroid Hormone Study (see Claus E. et al, Cancer, 1994. 73: 643- 51) and incorporates more extensive information about family history. The Claus model provides individual estimates of breast-cancer risk according to decade from 29-79 years of age. It takes into account factors such as the number of first-degree and number of second-degree relatives with breast cancer, as well as different combinations of different degree relatives with breast cancer.
[00143] The invention also contemplates treatment for early stages of cancer, for recurrent cancer, and for those in remission from cancer.
[00144] The present invention also encompasses treatment for subjects with markers for breast cancer, including, but not limited to having mutations or other alterations in the genes, BRCA1, BRCA2, P53, P65, ATM, or pS2, or a changed ratio of the expression of the genes HOXB13 and ILl 7BR, amplification of the AIBl/pCIP
coactivator gene, overproduction of HER2 protein and/or gene, and alterations in levels of hormones, such as estrogen and progesterone, or their receptors.
[00145] Markers can also include neoplastic ductal epithelial cells,
transforming growth factor-β, carcinoma embryonic antigen (CEA), prostate specific antigen (PSA), Erb B2 antigen, gross cystic disease fluid protein- 15 (GCDFP-15), lactose dehydrogenase (LDH), measured in the ductal fluid, or a chromosomal abnormality in the ductal epithelial cells. Where the marker is neoplastic ductal epithelial cells, the cells can be at a stage including hyperplasia, atypical hyperplasia, low grade ductal carcinoma in situ (LG-DCIS), high grade ductal carcinoma in situ (HG-DCIS) or invasive carcinoma. The present invention encompasses providing the pharmaceutical compositions described herein to treat subjects with any of the described markers, and also to prevent the progression from DCIS and from atypical hyperplasia to breast cancer.
[00146] The compositions of the invention may be administered either prior to or following surgical removal of primary tumors and/or treatment such as
administration of radiotherapy or conventional chemo therapeutic drugs.
[00147] The methods and compositions of the present invention may be used advantageously in combination with any other treatment regimen for breast cancer. Treatments for breast cancer are well known in the art and continue to be developed. Treatments include but are not limited to surgery, including axillary dissection, sentinel lymph node biopsy, reconstructive surgery, surgery to relieve symptoms of advanced cancer, lumpectomy (also called breast conservation therapy), partial (segmental) mastectomy, simple or total mastectomy, modified radical mastectomy, and radical mastectomy; immunotherapy, e.g. using Herceptin™ (trastuzumab), an anti-HER2 humanized monoclonal antibody developed to block the HER2 receptor; bone marrow transplantation; peripheral blood stem cell therapy; bisphosphonates; additional chemotherapy agents; radiation therapy; acupressure; and acupuncture. Any combination of therapies may be used in conjunction with the present invention.
[00148] The methods and compositions comprising the combination therapies described herein may also be used to reduce the proliferation of cancer cells, increase
the death of cancer cells or, reduces the size of a tumor or spread of a tumor in a subject. It is contemplated by the present invention that the combination therapies described herein may reduce the size of a tumor or the spread of a tumor in a subject by at least 5%, preferably at least 10%, at least 15%, at least 20%>, at least 25%, at least 30%, at least 35%, at least 40%, at least 45%, at least 50%, at least 55%, at least 60%, at least 65%, at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95% or at least 99% relative to a control such as PBS. In some embodiments, the combination therapies described herein may increase survival by 1 month, 2 months, 6 months, 1 year, 2 years, 3 years, 4 years, 5 years, 6 years, 7 years, 8 years, 9 years, 10 years, or more, it may render the subject disease-free, or it may prevent the progression from DCIS or atypical hyperplasia to breast cancer.
6. EXAMPLES
[00149] The following series of Examples are presented for purposes of illustration and not by way of limitation on the scope of the invention. Isomerization between E and Z isomers for intermediates and final products may occur. As such, mixtures of E and Z isomers are envisioned, and may be retained or, if desired, specific isomers may be enriched to the point of purity.
[00150] Example 1. (Z)-Endoxifen phosphate ethyl carbamate ((Z)-ethyl methyl(2-(4-(2 -phenyl- 1 -(4-(phosphonooxy)phenyl)but- 1 - enyl)phenoxy)ethyl)carbamate)
[00151] Phosphorous oxychloride (0.8-2 equiv) is added to dry pyridine (0.1-12
M/L) at -IOC. To this mixture is added gradually (E)-ethyl 2-(4-(l-(4- hydroxyphenyl)-2-phenylbut- 1 -enyl)phenoxy)ethyl(methyl)carbamate ((E)-N- carbonylethoxy-edoxifen) (1 equiv). The mixture is stirred with cooling for 1-8 h and then allowed to warm slowly to room temperature and stirred at room temperature for
1-5 h. This reaction mixture is then added gradually to a mixture of 2-10% aqueous sodium bicarbonate and ice. The mixture is then allowed to stir for 1-5 h after which time, the pH of the mixture is slowly adjusted to ca. 2 using hydrochloric acid. At that time, a precipitate is formed. This mixture is filtered to yield among other products N-carbonylethoxy-endoxifen phosphate.
[00152] Example 2. (Z)-Endoxifen phosphate ((Z)-4-(l-(4-(2-
(methylamino)ethoxy)phenyl)-2-phenylbut- 1 -enyl)phenyl dihydrogen phosphate)
[00153] The product from example 1 is suspended in ethylene glycol (0.05-2
M). To this suspension are added hydrazine hydrate and potassium hydroxide. The resulting mixture is warmed to 80-150C for 1-8 h. The reaction mixture is then added water at 0C or a mixture of water and ice. The cooled mixture is extracted with ether or other lipophilic organic solvent. The organic extracts may be washed with brine and then dried over a suitable desiccant (e.g. magnesium sulfate anh. or sodium sulfate anh.). The mixture is then filtered. Removal of the organic solvent furnishes among other products the separable E and Z isomers of endoxifen phosphate.
[00154] Example 3. (Z)-Endoxifen valine ester t-butyl carbamate ((S,Z)-4-(l-
(4-(2-(tert-butoxycarbonyl(methyl)amino)ethoxy)phenyl)-2-phenylbut-l-enyl)phenyl 2-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)-3-methylbutanoate)
[00155] A. Starting material is dissolved in dichloromethane or other suitable organic solvent. To this solution is added triethyl amine or other suitable base. This solution may be cooled. To this solution is added Boc-O-Boc. The mixture is stirred for 1-12 h, at which time the reaction is quenched by addition of aqueous sodium bicarbonate or other quenching reagent. The mixture is then washed with dilute HCl (aq.). The mixture is then extracted with ethyl acetate or other suitable organic solvent. The combined organic extracts are then dried over a suitable desiccant (e.g. magnesium sulfate anh.). The mixture is then filtered and the organic solvent removed to furnish among other things N-Boc-(E)-endoxifen.
[00156] B. The product of the previous step is dissolved in dichloromethane or other suitable organic solvent. To this solution is added triethyl amine or other suitable base. This solution may be cooled. To this solution is added an activated form of N-Boc-valine (e.g. O-t-butyloxycarbonyl valine). The mixture is stirred for 1-12 h, at which time the reaction is quenched by addition of aqueous sodium bicarbonate or other quenching reagent. The mixture is then washed with dilute HCl (aq.) The mixture is then extracted with ethyl acetate or other suitable organic solvent. The combined organic extracts are then dried over a suitable desiccant (e.g.
magnesium sulfate anh.). The mixture is then filtered and the organic solvent removed to furnish among other products bis-N-Boc-endoxifen valine ester.
[00157] Example 4. Endoxifen Valine ester ((S,Z)-4-(l-(4-(2-
[00158] The product from example 3 is dissolved in dichloromethane or other suitable organic solvent. This solution may be cooled. To this solution is added trifluoroacetic acid. This mixture is stirred for 1-12 h, at which time the reaction is quenched by addition of aqueous sodium bicarbonate or other quenching reagent. The mixture is then extracted with ethyl acetate or other suitable organic solvent. The combined organic extracts are then dried over a suitable desiccant (e.g. magnesium sulfate anh.). The mixture is then filtered and the organic solvent removed to furnish among other products the separable E and Z isomers of endoxifen valine ester.
[00159] Example 5. N-(4-nitrobenzyl)-4-hydroxy-tamoxifen iodide ((E)-2-(4-
( 1 -(4-hydroxyphenyl)-2-phenylbut- 1 -enyl)phenoxy)-N,N-dimethyl-N-(4- nitrobenzyl)ethanaminium iodide)
[00160] 4-Hydroxy -tamoxifen is dissolved in toluene or other suitable organic solvent. To this mixture is added an alkylating agent such as 4-nitrobenzyl iodide. This mixture may be heated. After starting material is completely consumed, volatile organics are removed to afford among other products the separable E and Z isomers of N-(4-nitrobenzyl)-4-hydroxy-tamoxifen iodide.
[00161] Example 6. Endoxifen-(6-N,N-dimethylamino)-l-hexyl carbonate t- butyl carbamate ((Z)-tert-butyl 2-(4-(l-(4-((6-
(dimethylamino)hexyloxy)carbonyloxy)phenyl)-2-phenylbut- 1 - enyl)phenoxy)ethyl(methyl)carbamate)
[00162] 6-(N,N-dimethylamino)-l-hexanol is dissolved in dichloromethane or other suitable organic solvent. To this solution may be added triethyl amine or other suitable base. This solution may be cooled. To this solution is added carbonyl diimidazole or other suitable phosgene equivalent or phosgene. The mixture is stirred for 1-12 h, at which time N-Boc-endoxifen (product of example 3, step A). The mixture is then stirred for 1-12 h. The reaction is quenched by addition of aqueous sodium bicarbonate or other quenching reagent. The mixture is then washed with dilute HC1 (aq.). The mixture is then extracted with ethyl acetate or other suitable organic solvent. The combined organic extracts are then dried over a suitable desiccant (e.g. magnesium sulfate anh.). The mixture is then filtered and the organic solvent removed to furnish among other things N-Boc-endoxifen (6-N,N- dimethylamino)- 1 -hexyl carbonate.
[00163] Example 7. Endoxifen-(6-N,N-dimethylamino)-l -hexyl carbonate
((Z)-6-(dimethylamino)hexyl 4-( 1 -(4-(2-(methylamino)ethoxy)phenyl)-2-phenylbut- l-enyl)phenyl carbonate)
[00164] The product from example 6 is dissolved in dichloromethane or other suitable organic solvent. This solution may be cooled. To this solution is added trifluoroacetic acid. This mixture is stirred for 1-12 h, at which time the reaction is quenched by addition of aqueous sodium bicarbonate or other quenching reagent. The mixture is then extracted with ethyl acetate or other suitable organic solvent. The combined organic extracts are then dried over a suitable desiccant (e.g. magnesium sulfate anh.). The mixture is then filtered and the organic solvent removed to furnish among other products the separable E and Z isomers of endoxifen 6-N,N- dimethylamino)- 1 -hexyl carbonate.
[00165] Example 8. Endoxifen phosphate ethyl carbamate ((E)-ethyl methyl(2-
(4-(2 -phenyl- 1 -(4-(phosphonooxy)phenyl)but- 1 -enyl)phenoxy)ethyl)carbamate)
[00166] Phosphorous oxychloride (0.8-2 equiv) is added to dry pyridine (0.1-12
M/L) at -IOC. To this mixture is added gradually (Z)-ethyl 2-(4-(l-(4- hydroxyphenyl)-2-phenylbut- 1 -enyl)phenoxy)ethyl(methyl)carbamate (N- carbonylethoxy-edoxifen) (1 equiv). The mixture is stirred with cooling for 1-8 h and then allowed to warm slowly to room temperature and stirred at room temperature for 1-5 h. This reaction mixture is then added gradually to a mixture of 2-10% aqueous sodium bicarbonate and ice. The mixture is then allowed to stir for 1-5 h after which time, the pH of the mixture is slowly adjusted to ca. 2 using hydrochloric acid. At
that time, a precipitate is formed. This mixture is filtered to yield among other products N-carbonylethoxy-endoxifen phosphate.
[00167] Example 9. Endoxifen phosphate ((E)-4-(l-(4-(2-
(methylamino)ethoxy)phenyl)-2-phenylbut- 1 -enyl)phenyl dihydrogen phosphate)
[00168] The product from example 8 is suspended in ethylene glycol (0.05-2
M). To this suspension are added hydrazine hydrate and potassium hydroxide. The resulting mixture is warmed to 80-150C for 1-8 h. The reaction mixture is then added water at 0C or a mixture of water and ice. The cooled mixture is extracted with ether or other lipophilic organic solvent. The organic extracts may be washed with brine and then dried over a suitable desiccant (e.g. magnesium sulfate anh. or sodium sulfate anh.). The mixture is then filtered. Removal of the organic solvent furnishes among other products the separable E and Z isomers of endoxifen phosphate.
[00169] Example 10. Endoxifen valine ester t-butyl carbamate ((S,E)-4-(l -(4-
(2-(tert-butoxycarbonyl(methyl)amino)ethoxy)phenyl)-2-phenylbut- 1 -enyl)phenyl 2- (tert-butoxycarbonylamino)-3-methylbutanoate)
[00170] A. Endoxifen is dissolved in dichloromethane or other suitable organic solvent. To this solution is added triethyl amine or other suitable base. This solution may be cooled. To this solution is added Boc-O-Boc. The mixture is stirred for 1-12 h, at which time the reaction is quenched by addition of aqueous sodium bicarbonate or other quenching reagent. The mixture is then washed with dilute HC1 (aq.). The mixture is then extracted with ethyl acetate or other suitable organic solvent. The combined organic extracts are then dried over a suitable desiccant (e.g. magnesium sulfate anh.). The mixture is then filtered and the organic solvent removed to furnish among other things N-Boc-endoxifen.
[00171] B. The product of the previous step is dissolved in dichloromethane or other suitable organic solvent. To this solution is added triethyl amine or other suitable base. This solution may be cooled. To this solution is added an activated form of N-Boc-valine (e.g. O-t-butyloxycarbonyl valine). The mixture is stirred for 1-12 h, at which time the reaction is quenched by addition of aqueous sodium bicarbonate or other quenching reagent. The mixture is then washed with dilute HC1 (aq.) The mixture is then extracted with ethyl acetate or other suitable organic solvent. The combined organic extracts are then dried over a suitable desiccant (e.g.
magnesium sulfate anh.). The mixture is then filtered and the organic solvent removed to furnish among other products bis-N-Boc-endoxifen valine ester.
[00172] Example 11. Endoxifen Valine ester ((S,E)-4-(l-(4-(2-
(methylamino)ethoxy)phenyl)-2-phenylbut- 1 -enyl)phenyl 2-amino-3- methylbutanoate)
[00173] The product from example 10 is dissolved in dichloromethane or other suitable organic solvent. This solution may be cooled. To this solution is added trifluoroacetic acid. This mixture is stirred for 1-12 h, at which time the reaction is quenched by addition of aqueous sodium bicarbonate or other quenching reagent. The mixture is then extracted with ethyl acetate or other suitable organic solvent. The combined organic extracts are then dried over a suitable desiccant (e.g. magnesium sulfate anh.). The mixture is then filtered and the organic solvent removed to furnish among other products the separable E and Z isomers of endoxifen valine ester.
[00174] Example 12. N-(4-nitrobenzyl)-4-hydroxy-tamoxifen iodide ((Z)-2-(4-
( 1 -(4-hydroxyphenyl)-2-phenylbut- 1 -enyl)phenoxy)-N,N-dimethyl-N-(4- nitrobenzyl)ethanaminium iodide)
[00175] 4-Hydroxy -tamoxifen is dissolved in toluene or other suitable organic solvent. To this mixture is added an alkylating agent such as 4-nitrobenzyl iodide. This mixture may be heated. After starting material is completely consumed, volatile
organics are removed to afford among other products the separable E and Z isomers of N-(4-nitrobenzyl)-4-hydroxy-tamoxifen iodide.
[00176] Example 13. Endoxifen-(6-N,N-dimethylamino)-l-hexyl carbonate t- butyl carbamate ((E)-tert-butyl 2-(4-(l-(4-((6- (dimethylamino)hexyloxy)carbonyloxy)phenyl)-2-phenylbut- 1 - enyl)phenoxy)ethyl(methyl)carbamate)
[00177] 6-(N,N-dimethylamino)-l-hexanol is dissolved in dichloromethane or other suitable organic solvent. To this solution may be added triethyl amine or other suitable base. This solution may be cooled. To this solution is added carbonyl diimidazole or other suitable phosgene equivalent or phosgene. The mixture is stirred for 1-12 h, at which time N-Boc-endoxifen (product of example 10, step A). The mixture is then stirred for 1-12 h. The reaction is quenched by addition of aqueous sodium bicarbonate or other quenching reagent. The mixture is then washed with dilute HC1 (aq.). The mixture is then extracted with ethyl acetate or other suitable organic solvent. The combined organic extracts are then dried over a suitable desiccant (e.g. magnesium sulfate anh.). The mixture is then filtered and the organic solvent removed to furnish among other things N-Boc-endoxifen (6-N,N- dimethylamino)- 1 -hexyl carbonate.
[00178] Example 14. Endoxifen-(6-N,N-dimethylamino)-l -hexyl carbonate
((E)-6-(dimethylamino)hexyl 4-( 1 -(4-(2-(methylamino)ethoxy)phenyl)-2-phenylbut- l-enyl)phenyl carbonate)
[00179] The product from example 13 is dissolved in dichloromethane or other suitable organic solvent. This solution may be cooled. To this solution is added trifluoroacetic acid. This mixture is stirred for 1-12 h, at which time the reaction is quenched by addition of aqueous sodium bicarbonate or other quenching reagent. The mixture is then extracted with ethyl acetate or other suitable organic solvent. The combined organic extracts are then dried over a suitable desiccant (e.g. magnesium sulfate anh.). The mixture is then filtered and the organic solvent removed to furnish among other products the separable E and Z isomers of endoxifen 6-N,N- dimethylamino)- 1 -hexyl carbonate.
[00180] Example 15. Ketone 2.
[00181] Phenol 1 (0.041 moles) is dissolved in dry DMF (40 ml) at room temperature under N2. Imidazole (0.083 moles) is added followed by tert- butyldimethylsilyl chloride (0.0458 moles). The reaction is stirred for 2 hours, added to saturated sodium chloride solution (200 ml) and extracted with ethyl acetate (250 ml). The ethyl acetate layer can be separated, washed 3 times with NaCl solution (100 ml), separated, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered through a small pad of silica gel
with the aid of ethyl acetate, and concentrated to give ketone 2 among other products. A TLC system of ethyl acetate/hexanes (3:7) can be used to follow the progress of the reaction.
[00183] Ketone 2 (7.76 mmoles) is dissolved in dry THF (20 ml) at room temperature under N2. Anhydrous CeCl3 (2.3g, 9.33 mmoles) is added and the suspension is stirred for 5 hours. 4-Bromophenol-p-methoxybenzyl ether (2.73g, 9.32 mmoles) is dissolved in dry THF (35 ml) in a separate flask and cooled to -78°C (forming a paste at this temperature) under N2. Addition of n-butyllithium (3.73 ml, 2.5M in hexanes, 9.32 mmoles) dropwise in 10 minutes to 4-Bromophenol-p- methoxybenzyl ether gives a homogeneous solution which is stirred for 40 minutes. This solution is added via cannula to the CeCl3-ketone 2 suspension which had been cooled to -10°C. The reaction mixture is allowed to warm to rt and stirred for 16 hours. The reaction is quenched with IN aqueous HCl solution and extracted with MTBE (2 x 100 ml). The organic layer is separated, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, concentrated, and purified by flash chromatography. Purification using ethyl acetate/hexanes gives adduct 3 among other products.
[00184] Example 17. Phenol 5.
[00185] Adduct 3 (4.05 mmoles) is dissolved in ethanol (25 ml) at rt. PPTS (
0.3 lg, 1.19 mmoles) is added and the reaction stirred for 17 hours at rt giving predominantly a mixture of E/Z olefins with the tert-butyldimethyl silyl group still attached. Ethanol is evaporated and the crude redissolved in dry THF (20 ml). Tetra- n-butyl ammonium fluoride solution (1M in THF, 8.1 mmoles) is added. The reaction is stirred for 1 hour at room temperature, the THF evaporated, and the crude is purified by flash silica chromatography using ethyl acetate/hexanes to give phenol 5 containing E and Z isomers among other products.
[00186] Example 18. Ether 6.
[00187] Phenol 5 (3.87 mmoles) is dissolved in dry DMF (14 ml). The solution was cooled to 0°C under N2 and NaH (0.193g, 4.82 mmoles) is added. After 30 minutes, bromoacetaldehyde diethyl acetal (0.80g, 4.06 mmoles) is added and the reaction mixture heated at 55°C for 20 hours. The reaction is cooled, added to saturated NaCl solution (50 ml), and extracted with ethyl acetate (75 ml). The organic layer is separated, washed 3 times with saturated NaCl solution (50 ml), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated. Purification by flash chromatography using ethyl acetate/hexanes gives ether 6 containing E and Z isomers among other products.
[00188] Example 19. Phenol 7.
[00189] To ether 6 (3.62 mmoles) dissolved in dry methanol (90 ml) is added
0.3g of camphorsulfonic acid. The reaction is heated at reflux for 16 hours, cooled, and concentrated. The crude is partitioned between ethyl acetate (50 ml) and water
(50 ml), the organic layer separated, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and evaporated. Purification by flash chromatography using ether/hexanes gives phenol 7 containing E and Z isomers among other products.
[00190] Example 20. Aldehyde 8.
[00191] Phenol 7 (4.18 mmoles) is dissolved in THF (18 ml) at room temperature. 3M HC1 (18 ml) is added. The reaction is heated at 50°C for 17 hours. After cooling, the reaction mixture is added to ethyl acetate (50 ml), the organic layer separated, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to give crude aldehyde 8 containing E and Z isomers among other products.
[00192] Example 21. 4-Hydroxytoremifene (9).
[00193] Aldehyde 8 (2.43 mmoles) is dissolved in dry THF (6 ml) at room temperature. MgS04 (6g) is added, followed by dimethylamine (5.34 mmoles, 2.0M solution in THF). The reaction is stirred for 16 hours, filtered, and concentrated. The crude imine is redissolved in anhydrous ethanol (20 cc) and the solution cooled to
0°C. NaBH4 (0.1 lg) is added portionwise, the reaction mixture stirred for 1 hour with warming to rt. Water is added and the mixture is extracted with ethyl acetate (50 ml). The organic layer is separated, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated. The crude product is purified by flash chromatography using CH2Cl2/methanol/aqueous NH3 and to yield an (E/Z) mixture of 4-hydroxytoremifene (9).
[00194] Example 22. Ester 10.
[00195] Phenol 7 (1.02 mmoles) and dimethylaminopyridine (1.85 mmoles) are dissolved in dry dichloromethane (10 ml) and the solution is cooled to 0°C under N2. Pivaloyl chloride (0.2 lg, 1.73 mmoles) is added dropwise via syringe and the reaction is then allowed to warm to room temperature. After 6 hours, IN aqueous HCl is added and additional dichloromethane (50 ml) is added. The organic layer is separated, dried over Na2S04, filtered, and concentrated. Purification by flash chromatography using ethyl acetate/hexanes gives ester 10 containing E and Z isomers among other products.
[00196] Example 23. Aldehyde 11.
[00197] Dimethyl acetal 10 (0.63 mmoles) is dissolved in 10 ml of THF at room temperature. 6 ml of 3N HC1 is added and the reaction mixture heated at 45- 50°C for 15 hours. After cooling, the mixture is added to water and ethyl acetate (1 : 1, 50 ml). The organic layer is separated, dried over Na2S04, filtered, and concentrated to give crude aldehyde 11 containing E and Z isomers among other products.
[00198] Example 24. Pivalate ester 12.
[00199] Aldehyde 11 (0.52 mmoles) is dissolved in dry THF (10 ml) at rt.
MgS04 (1.33g) is added, followed by methylamine (1.04 mmoles, 2.0M solution in THF). The reaction is stirred for 16 hours, filtered, and concentrated. The crude imine is redissolved in anhydrous ethanol (10 cc) and the solution is cooled to 0°C. NaBH4 (0.02g) is added, the reaction mixture stirred for 1 hour with warming to rt. Water is
added and the mixture extracted with ethyl acetate (20 ml). The organic layer is separated, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated. The crude product is purified by flash chromatography using CE^Cb/methanol/aqueous NH3 to give pivalate ester 12 containing a mixture (E/Z) isomers among other products.
[00200] Example 25. Ester 13.
[00201] Pivalate ester 12 (E/Z mixture) (0.128 mmoles) is dissolved in 1 ml of
THF. Aqueous NaOH (2M, 96 μΐ) is added and the reaction mixture is cooled to 0°C. Benzyl chloroformate (0.033g, 0.19 mmoles) is added. The reaction is allowed to warm to rt and, when determined to be complete by tic, added to water (10 ml) and extracted with ethyl acetate (20 ml). The organic layer is washed with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution, separated, dried over MgS04, filtered through a small pad of silica with the aid of ethyl acetate and concentrated to give 13. Crude 13 is used without further purification.
[00203] Carbamate 13 (0.13 mmoles) is dissolved in 4 ml of dry THF. The solution is cooled to 0°C under N2. L1AIH4 (0.026g, 0.70 mmoles) is added. The reaction mixture is stirred for 30 minutes and then water (39 μΐ) added. The mixture is filtered through celite with the aid of THF (15 ml) and ethyl acetate (15 ml). The filtrate is dried over MgS04, filtered, and concentrated to give 14.
[00204] Example 27. Compound 15.
[00205] Phenol 14 is dried prior to reaction by treatment with 3 x 10 ml of dry acetonitrile followed by rotary evaporation. The phenol 14 (0.087 mmoles) is then dissolved in dry acetonitrile (1.5 ml) and is then cooled to -10°C under N2. CC14 (0.068g, 0.44 mmoles) is added and the suspension stirred for 10 minutes. Hunig's base ( 0.024g, 0.18 mmoles) and Ν,Ν-dimethylaminopyridine (1 mg) are added. After 1 minute, dibenzyl phosphate (0.034g, 0.12 mmoles) is added. Stirring is continued for 1 hour and 15 minutes, then aqueous KH2P04 solution (1 ml, 0.5M) is added, the mixture warmed to rt and extracted with ethyl acetate (25 ml). The organic layer is separated, dried over Na2S04, filtered, and concentrated to give crude 15. Purification by flash chromatography using dichloromethane/methanol 9: 1 gives 20 mg of 15.
[00206] Example 28. Compound 16.
[00207] Phosphate 15 (0.052 mmoles) is dissolved in 20 ml of ethanol. Pd on carbon (10%, 30 mg) is added. The mixture is hydrogenated at rt and 40 psi for 5 hours. The catalyst is removed by filtration through celite and the filtrate concentrated to give 16.
[00208] Example 29. Pivalate ester 17.
[00209] Aldehyde 11 (0.52 mmoles) is dissolved in dry THF (10 ml) at rt.
MgS04 (1.33g) is added, followed by dimethylamine (1.04 mmoles, 2.0M solution in THF). The reaction is stirred for 16 hours, filtered, and concentrated. The crude imine is redissolved in anhydrous ethanol (10 cc) and the solution is cooled to 0°C. NaBH4 (0.02g) is added, the reaction mixture stirred for 1 hour with warming to rt. Water is added and the mixture extracted with ethyl acetate (20 ml). The organic layer is separated, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated. The crude product is
purified by flash chromatography using CH2Cl2/methanol/aqueous NH3 to give pivalate ester 17 containing a mixture (E/Z) isomers among other products.
[00210] Example 30. Compound 9.
[00211] Compound 17 (0.13 mmoles) is dissolved in 4 ml of dry THF. The solution is cooled to 0°C under N2. L1AIH4 (0.026g, 0.70 mmoles) is added. The reaction mixture is stirred for 30 minutes and then water (39 μΐ) added. The mixture is filtered through celite with the aid of THF (15 ml) and ethyl acetate (15 ml). The filtrate is dried over MgS04, filtered, and concentrated to give 9.
[00212] Example 31. Compound 19.
[00213] Compound 9 (from Example 21 or from Example 30 or from any other source) is dried prior to reaction by treatment with 3 x 10 ml of dry acetonitrile followed by rotary evaporation. The phenol 9 (0.087 mmoles) is then dissolved in dry acetonitrile (1.5 ml) and is then cooled to -10°C under N2. CC14 (0.068g, 0.44 mmoles) is added and the suspension stirred for 10 minutes. Hunig's base ( 0.024g,
0.18 mmoles) and N,N-dimethylaminopyridine (1 mg) are added. After 1 minute, dibenzyl phosphate (0.034g, 0.12 mmoles) is added. Stirring is continued for 1 hour and 15 minutes, then aqueous KH2P04 solution (1 ml, 0.5M) is added, the mixture warmed to rt and extracted with ethyl acetate (25 ml). The organic layer is separated, dried over Na2S04, filtered, and concentrated to give crude 19. Purification by flash chromatography using dichloromethane/methanol 9: 1 gives 20 mg of 19.
[00214] Example 32. Compound 20.
[00215] Phosphate 19 (0.052 mmoles) is dissolved in 20 ml of ethanol. Pd on carbon (10%, 30 mg) is added. The mixture is hydrogenated at rt and 40 psi for 5 hours. The catalyst is removed by filtration through celite and the filtrate concentrated to give 20.
[00216] Example 33. Compound 22
[00217] Phosphorous oxychloride (0.8-2 equiv) is added to dry pyridine (0.1-12
M/L) at -IOC. To this mixture is added gradually the starting material (1 equiv). The mixture is stirred with cooling for 1-8 h and then allowed to warm slowly to room temperature and stirred at room temperature for 1-5 h. This reaction mixture is then
added gradually to a mixture of 2-10% aqueous sodium bicarbonate and ice. The mixture is then allowed to stir for 1-5 h after which time, the pH of the mixture is slowly adjusted to ca. 2 using hydrochloric acid. At that time, a precipitate is formed. This mixture is filtered to yield compound 22 among other products.
[00218] Example 34. Compound 23
[00219] The product from example 33 is suspended in ethylene glycol (0.05-2
M). To this suspension are added hydrazine hydrate and potassium hydroxide. The resulting mixture is warmed to 80-150C for 1-8 h. The reaction mixture is then added water at 0C or a mixture of water and ice. The cooled mixture is extracted with ether or other lipophilic organic solvent. The organic extracts may be washed with brine and then dried over a suitable desiccant (e.g. magnesium sulfate anh. or sodium sulfate anh.). The mixture is then filtered. Removal of the organic solvent furnishes among other products the separable E and Z isomers of compound 23.
[00220] Example 35. Compound 24b
[00221] A. Starting material is dissolved in dichloromethane or other suitable organic solvent. To this solution is added triethyl amine or other suitable base. This solution may be cooled. To this solution is added Boc-O-Boc. The mixture is stirred for 1-12 h, at which time the reaction is quenched by addition of aqueous sodium bicarbonate or other quenching reagent. The mixture is then washed with dilute HCl (aq.). The mixture is then extracted with ethyl acetate or other suitable organic solvent. The combined organic extracts are then dried over a suitable desiccant (e.g. magnesium sulfate anh.). The mixture is then filtered and the organic solvent removed to furnish among other things compound 24a.
[00222] B. The product of the previous step is dissolved in dichloromethane or other suitable organic solvent. To this solution is added triethyl amine or other suitable base. This solution may be cooled. To this solution is added an activated form of N-Boc-valine (e.g. O-t-butyloxycarbonyl valine). The mixture is stirred for 1-12 h, at which time the reaction is quenched by addition of aqueous sodium bicarbonate or other quenching reagent. The mixture is then washed with dilute HCl (aq.) The mixture is then extracted with ethyl acetate or other suitable organic solvent. The combined organic extracts are then dried over a suitable desiccant (e.g.
magnesium sulfate anh.). The mixture is then filtered and the organic solvent removed to furnish among other products compound 24b.
[00223] Example 36. Compound 25
[00224] The product from example 35 is dissolved in dichloromethane or other suitable organic solvent. This solution may be cooled. To this solution is added trifluoroacetic acid. This mixture is stirred for 1-12 h, at which time the reaction is quenched by addition of aqueous sodium bicarbonate or other quenching reagent. The mixture is then extracted with ethyl acetate or other suitable organic solvent. The combined organic extracts are then dried over a suitable desiccant (e.g. magnesium sulfate anh.). The mixture is then filtered and the organic solvent removed to furnish among other products the separable E and Z isomers of compound 25.
[00225] Example 37. Compound 26
[00226] 4-Hydroxytoremifene is dissolved in toluene or other suitable organic solvent. To this mixture is added an alkylating agent such as 4-nitrobenzyl iodide. This mixture may be heated. After starting material is completely consumed, volatile organics are removed to afford among other products the separable E and Z isomers of N-(4-nitrobenzyl)-4-hydroxytoremifene iodide .
[00227] Example 38. Compound 27
[00228] 6-(N,N-dimethylamino)-l-hexanol is dissolved in dichloromethane or other suitable organic solvent. To this solution may be added triethyl amine or other suitable base. This solution may be cooled. To this solution is added carbonyl diimidazole or other suitable phosgene equivalent or phosgene. The mixture is stirred for 1-12 h, at which time N-Boc-N-desmethyl-4-hydroxytoremifene is added. The mixture is then stirred for 1-12 h. The reaction is quenched by addition of aqueous sodium bicarbonate or other quenching reagent. The mixture is then washed with dilute HC1 (aq.). The mixture is then extracted with ethyl acetate or other suitable organic solvent. The combined organic extracts are then dried over a suitable desiccant (e.g. magnesium sulfate anh.). The mixture is then filtered and the organic solvent removed to furnish among other things compound 27.
[00229] Example 39. Compound 28
28
[00230] The product from example 38 is dissolved in dichloromethane or other suitable organic solvent. This solution may be cooled. To this solution is added trifluoroacetic acid. This mixture is stirred for 1-12 h, at which time the reaction is quenched by addition of aqueous sodium bicarbonate or other quenching reagent. The mixture is then extracted with ethyl acetate or other suitable organic solvent. The combined organic extracts are then dried over a suitable desiccant (e.g. magnesium sulfate anh.). The mixture is then filtered and the organic solvent removed to furnish among other products the separable E and Z isomers of compound 28. 231] Example 40. Compound 29
29
[00232] 6-(N,N-dimethylamino)-l-hexanol is dissolved in dichloromethane or other suitable organic solvent. To this solution may be added triethyl amine or other suitable base. This solution may be cooled. To this solution is added carbonyl diimidazole or other suitable phosgene equivalent or phosgene. The mixture is stirred for 1-12 h, at which time 4-hydroxytoremifene is added. The mixture is then stirred for 1-12 h. The reaction is quenched by addition of aqueous sodium bicarbonate or other quenching reagent. The mixture is then washed with dilute HC1 (aq.). The mixture is then extracted with ethyl acetate or other suitable organic solvent. The combined organic extracts are then dried over a suitable desiccant (e.g. magnesium sulfate anh.). The mixture is then filtered and the organic solvent removed to furnish among other things compound 29.
[00234] Compound 9 (1.02 mmoles) and dimethylaminopyridine (1.85 mmoles) are dissolved in dry dichloromethane (10 ml) and the solution is cooled to 0°C under N2. Pivaloyl chloride (0.2 lg, 1.73 mmoles) is added dropwise via syringe and the reaction is then allowed to warm to room temperature. After 6 hours, IN aqueous HC1 is added and additional dichloromethane (50 ml) is added. The organic layer is separated, dried over Na2S04, filtered, and concentrated. Purification by flash chromatography using ethyl acetate/hexanes gives ester 17 containing E and Z isomers among other products.
[00235] The invention described and claimed herein is not to be limited in scope by the specific embodiments herein disclosed since these embodiments are intended as illustrations of several aspects of the invention. Any equivalent embodiments are intended to be within the scope of this invention. Indeed, various modifications of the invention in addition to those shown and described therein will become apparent to those skilled in the art from the foregoing description. Such modifications are also intended to fall within the scope of the appended claims. All publications cited herein are incorporated by reference in their entirety.
Claims
1. A compound of the following formula Ila:
X is O or S;
Ri is H, CH3, a lower alkyl group, a divalent cyclic alkyl either replacing the existing methyl group or forming a quaternary ammonium, or a prodrug moiety;
R2 is H or a prodrug moiety;
with the proviso that at least one of Ri and R2 is a prodrug moiety,
wherein the wavy bond indicates unspecified stereochemistry for the ethyl and phenyl substituents, such that the structure has either an E or Z configuration around the double bond.
2. A compound according to claim 1, wherein Ri is independently selected from amides and carbamates, N-acyloxyalkyl derivatives, N-acylalkoxy carbonyl derivatives, beta-aminoketones, (oxodioxolenyl)methyl derivatives, N-Mannich bases, imines (Schiff bases), enamines and enaminones, azo compounds, lactonization systems, THTT, redox systems, and PEG.
3. A compound according to claim 1, wherein X is O, and R2 is independently selected from the group consisting of esters, pivalate ester, carbonate esters, phosphate esters, diphosphate esters, triphosphate esters, ethers, and alpha- acyloxyalkyl ethers.
4. A compound according to claim 1, wherein the compound is selected from the group consisting of
and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
5. A compound according to claim 1, wherein the compound is capable of being metabolized in vivo in a human to produce 4-hydroxytoremifene or N-desmethyl-4- hy droxytoremifene .
6. A composition comprising a compound according to claim 1 and a
pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
7. A composition according to claim 6, comprising a mixture of E/Z isomers, wherein said mixture may be equimolar or enriched in one isomer.
8. A composition according to claim 6, wherein the physical form of the compound is selected from the group consisting of an anhydrous form, a single crystalline form, a mixture of polymorphic forms, a hydrated form, and mixtures thereof.
9. A method of treating breast cancer in a human in need thereof comprising administering a compound according to claim 1 to a human.
10. A method according to claim 9, wherein the human is female.
11. A method according to claim 10, wherein the female is non-responsive to treatment with tamoxifen.
12. The method according to claim 11 , wherein non-responsiveness is determined by a method selected from the group consisting of liver enzyme assay, genotyping Cyp2D6 for one or more copies of the * 10 allele, detecting the presence, absence, or levels of endoxifen in biological fluids, determining if the patient is taking drugs that interfere with tamoxifen metabolism, and combinations thereof.
13. The method according to claim 9, further comprising administration of one or more additional therapeutically active compounds.
14. The method according to claim 9, wherein the breast cancer is ER-positive.
15. The method according to claim 9, wherein the human is concurrently diagnosed with a condition requiring administration of a selective serotonin reuptake inhibitor or a monoamine oxidase inhibitor.
16. The method according to claim 9, wherein the dose of compound is bioequivalent to an oral tamoxifen dose of between about 2 to about 40 mg per day.
17. The method according to claim 16, where bioequivalence is determined by serum level assay.
18. A method of reducing the rate or severity of recurrence of breast cancer in a human previously treated for breast cancer comprising administering a compound according to claim 1 to said human.
19. The method according to claim 18, further comprising administration of more additional active agents.
20. A compound of the following formula III:
Z is a fluorine or chlorine atom;
Ri is H, CH3, a lower alkyl group, a divalent cyclic alkyl (either replacing the existing methyl group or forming a quaternary ammonium), or a prodrug moiety;
R2 is selected from H or CI;
and the wavy line indicates that the configuration around the double bond may be either E or Z.
Priority Applications (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/US2010/031447 WO2011129837A1 (en) | 2010-04-16 | 2010-04-16 | Use of a 4-hydroxytoremifene prodrug for treatment of breast cancer |
Applications Claiming Priority (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/US2010/031447 WO2011129837A1 (en) | 2010-04-16 | 2010-04-16 | Use of a 4-hydroxytoremifene prodrug for treatment of breast cancer |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
WO2011129837A1 true WO2011129837A1 (en) | 2011-10-20 |
Family
ID=44798945
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/US2010/031447 WO2011129837A1 (en) | 2010-04-16 | 2010-04-16 | Use of a 4-hydroxytoremifene prodrug for treatment of breast cancer |
Country Status (1)
Country | Link |
---|---|
WO (1) | WO2011129837A1 (en) |
Cited By (7)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JP2016522179A (en) * | 2013-04-24 | 2016-07-28 | ノイジル、ジリ | Tamoxifen derivatives for the treatment of neoplastic diseases, particularly those with high HER2 protein levels |
WO2016196342A1 (en) * | 2015-05-29 | 2016-12-08 | Eisai R&D Management Co., Ltd. | Tetrasubstituted alkene compounds and their use |
US9796683B2 (en) | 2015-05-29 | 2017-10-24 | Eisai R&D Management Co., Ltd. | Tetrasubstituted alkene compounds and their use |
CN107674051A (en) * | 2017-09-20 | 2018-02-09 | 南京医科大学 | The weary oxygen activation prodrug of 4 hydroxyl Tamoxifen cyclic derivatives and its medicinal usage |
CN110267940A (en) * | 2016-11-24 | 2019-09-20 | 卫材 R&D 管理有限公司 | Tetrasubstituted olefin compounds and their uses |
US10640483B2 (en) | 2016-11-28 | 2020-05-05 | Eisai R&D Management Co., Ltd. | Salts of indazole derivative and crystals thereof |
CN117224487A (en) * | 2023-10-07 | 2023-12-15 | 山东新时代药业有限公司 | Toril citrate Mi Fenzhi plastid, preparation method and preparation |
Citations (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20090176305A1 (en) * | 2003-09-18 | 2009-07-09 | City Of Hope | Compounds and methods for treating breast cancer and other diseases |
WO2009120999A2 (en) * | 2008-03-28 | 2009-10-01 | Olema Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Use of an endoxifen prodrug for treatment of breast cancer |
-
2010
- 2010-04-16 WO PCT/US2010/031447 patent/WO2011129837A1/en active Application Filing
Patent Citations (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20090176305A1 (en) * | 2003-09-18 | 2009-07-09 | City Of Hope | Compounds and methods for treating breast cancer and other diseases |
WO2009120999A2 (en) * | 2008-03-28 | 2009-10-01 | Olema Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Use of an endoxifen prodrug for treatment of breast cancer |
Cited By (8)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JP2016522179A (en) * | 2013-04-24 | 2016-07-28 | ノイジル、ジリ | Tamoxifen derivatives for the treatment of neoplastic diseases, particularly those with high HER2 protein levels |
WO2016196342A1 (en) * | 2015-05-29 | 2016-12-08 | Eisai R&D Management Co., Ltd. | Tetrasubstituted alkene compounds and their use |
US9796683B2 (en) | 2015-05-29 | 2017-10-24 | Eisai R&D Management Co., Ltd. | Tetrasubstituted alkene compounds and their use |
US10851065B2 (en) | 2015-05-29 | 2020-12-01 | Eisai R&D Management Co., Ltd. | Tetrasubstituted alkene compounds and their use |
CN110267940A (en) * | 2016-11-24 | 2019-09-20 | 卫材 R&D 管理有限公司 | Tetrasubstituted olefin compounds and their uses |
US10640483B2 (en) | 2016-11-28 | 2020-05-05 | Eisai R&D Management Co., Ltd. | Salts of indazole derivative and crystals thereof |
CN107674051A (en) * | 2017-09-20 | 2018-02-09 | 南京医科大学 | The weary oxygen activation prodrug of 4 hydroxyl Tamoxifen cyclic derivatives and its medicinal usage |
CN117224487A (en) * | 2023-10-07 | 2023-12-15 | 山东新时代药业有限公司 | Toril citrate Mi Fenzhi plastid, preparation method and preparation |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
WO2009120999A2 (en) | Use of an endoxifen prodrug for treatment of breast cancer | |
US8063249B1 (en) | Substituted triphenyl butenes | |
WO2011129837A1 (en) | Use of a 4-hydroxytoremifene prodrug for treatment of breast cancer | |
CA3180314A1 (en) | Methods of treating cancer in patients with an anomalous kras gene or deletions within chromosome 9 | |
US20080085874A1 (en) | Small molecule potentiator of hormonal therapy for breast cancer | |
KR20160021277A (en) | Estrogen receptor modulator and uses thereof | |
EP2911660B1 (en) | Compositions and methods for treating estrogen-related medical disorders | |
BR112013005843A2 (en) | er-beta 6 derivatives substituted by desmethyl estradiol | |
WO2018149231A1 (en) | 7h-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidine derivative and anti-tumour use thereof | |
WO2021178663A1 (en) | Compositions and methods for treatment of platinum-based chemotherapeutic resistant tumors | |
AU2016212552B2 (en) | Compound containing indoleacetic acid core structure and use thereof | |
CA2605332C (en) | Method and composition for inhibiting cell proliferation and angiogenesis | |
CN116731072A (en) | Lonidamine prodrug compound, preparation method and application thereof | |
US20220348601A1 (en) | Ruthenium arene schiff-base complexes and uses thereof | |
WO2009108361A1 (en) | Methods for treatment and prevention of breast cancer | |
WO2020098516A1 (en) | Use of 4-(benzothiazole-2-yl)arylamine compound in treating stomach cancer | |
CN106279058B (en) | Preparation and application of 3,4-diaryl-1,2,5-oxadiazole oxide | |
WO2009142968A2 (en) | Valproic acid salts | |
CN104788372B (en) | A kind of deuterated card is rich to replace Buddhist nun's derivative, its preparation method, application and its intermediate | |
CN115894490B (en) | A drug combining hydroxyevodiamine and erlotinib containing indolequinone units and its preparation method and application | |
CN115475253B (en) | Lapatinib-cancer cell stem inhibitor conjugate, preparation method, pharmaceutical composition and application | |
WO2022048695A1 (en) | Use of compound as cyp2e1 inhibitor | |
WO2019020016A1 (en) | Ca-4 antitumour drug, synthesis method and use thereof | |
CN107868081B (en) | Quinoline derivatives, preparation method and application thereof | |
RU2765102C2 (en) | 1-phenyl propanone compounds and application thereof |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 10849979 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |
|
122 | Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase |
Ref document number: 10849979 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |